Document:

Exhibit

RACKSPACE HOSTING, INC. 
AND
THE GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO 
$500,000,000 
6.500% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2024
INDENTURE
Dated as of November 25, 2015
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Trustee

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
				
	 
	 
	 
	Page

	ARTICLE 1 

	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 1.01
	 
	Definitions
	1

	Section 1.02
	 
	Other Definitions
	28

	Section 1.03
	 
	Incorporation by Reference of Certain Provisions and Defined Terms in the Trust Indenture Act
	29

	Section 1.04
	 
	Rules of Construction
	29

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 2 

	THE NOTES

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 2.01
	 
	Form and Dating
	31

	Section 2.02
	 
	Execution and Authentication
	32

	Section 2.03
	 
	Agents
	32

	Section 2.04
	 
	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	33

	Section 2.05
	 
	Holder Lists
	33

	Section 2.06
	 
	Transfer and Exchange
	33

	Section 2.07
	 
	Replacement Notes
	44

	Section 2.08
	 
	Outstanding Notes
	44

	Section 2.09
	 
	Treasury Notes
	44

	Section 2.10
	 
	Temporary Notes
	45

	Section 2.11
	 
	Cancellation
	45

	Section 2.12
	 
	Defaulted Interest
	45

	Section 2.13
	 
	CUSIP Numbers and ISIN Numbers
	45

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 3 

	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 3.01
	 
	Notices to Trustee
	47

	Section 3.02
	 
	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	47

	Section 3.03
	 
	Notice of Optional Redemption
	47

	Section 3.04
	 
	Effect of Notice of Redemption
	48

	Section 3.05
	 
	Deposit of Redemption Price
	49

	Section 3.06
	 
	Notes Redeemed in Part
	49

	Section 3.07
	 
	Optional Redemption
	49

	Section 3.08
	 
	Mandatory Redemption
	50

	Section 3.09
	 
	Repurchase Offer
	50

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 4 

	COVENANTS

	 
	 
	 
	 

ii

	
				
	Section 4.01
	 
	Payment of Notes
	53

	Section 4.02
	 
	Maintenance of Office or Agency
	53

	Section 4.03
	 
	Reports
	53

	Section 4.04
	 
	Compliance Certificate
	55

	Section 4.05
	 
	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	55

	Section 4.06
	 
	Corporate Existence
	55

	Section 4.07
	 
	Limitation on Restricted Payments
	55

	Section 4.08
	 
	Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
	59

	Section 4.09
	 
	Limitation on Asset Sales
	62

	Section 4.10
	 
	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	65

	Section 4.11
	 
	Limitation on Preferred Stock of Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries
	67

	Section 4.12
	 
	Limitation on Liens
	67

	Section 4.13
	 
	Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates
	68

	Section 4.14
	 
	Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control
	69

	Section 4.15
	 
	Payments for Consent
	70

	Section 4.16
	 
	Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
	70

	Section 4.17
	 
	Suspension of Guarantees Upon Change in Ratings
	71

	Section 4.18
	 
	Conduct of Business
	73

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 5 

	CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE OF ASSETS

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 5.01
	 
	The Company
	74

	Section 5.02
	 
	The Guarantors
	75

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 6 

	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 6.01
	 
	Events of Default
	77

	Section 6.02
	 
	Acceleration
	78

	Section 6.03
	 
	Other Remedies
	80

	Section 6.04
	 
	Waiver of Past Defaults
	80

	Section 6.05
	 
	Control by Majority
	80

	Section 6.06
	 
	Limitation on Suits
	80

	Section 6.07
	 
	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	81

	Section 6.08
	 
	Collection Suit by Trustee
	81

	Section 6.09
	 
	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	81

	Section 6.10
	 
	Priorities
	82

	Section 6.11
	 
	Undertaking for Costs
	82

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 7 

	TRUSTEE

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 7.01
	 
	Duties of Trustee
	83

	Section 7.02
	 
	Rights of Trustee
	84

	Section 7.03
	 
	Individual Rights of Trustee
	85

iii

	
				
	Section 7.04
	 
	Trustee’s Disclaimer
	85

	Section 7.05
	 
	Notice of Defaults
	85

	Section 7.06
	 
	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Securities
	86

	Section 7.07
	 
	Compensation and Indemnity
	86

	Section 7.08
	 
	Replacement of Trustee
	87

	Section 7.09
	 
	Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc
	88

	Section 7.10
	 
	Eligibility; Disqualification
	88

	Section 7.11
	 
	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
	88

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 8 

	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 8.01
	 
	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	89

	Section 8.02
	 
	Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	89

	Section 8.03
	 
	Covenant Defeasance
	89

	Section 8.04
	 
	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	90

	Section 8.05
	 
	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	91

	Section 8.06
	 
	Repayment to Company
	92

	Section 8.07
	 
	Reinstatement
	92

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 9 

	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 9.01
	 
	Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	93

	Section 9.02
	 
	With Consent of Holders of Notes
	94

	Section 9.03  
	 
	Revocation and Effect of Consents
	95

	Section 9.04  
	 
	Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	95

	Section 9.05
	 
	Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc
	96

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 10 

	GUARANTEES

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 10.01
	 
	Guarantees
	97

	Section 10.02
	 
	 Severability
	98

	Section 10.03
	 
	Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	98

	Section 10.04
	 
	Releases
	98

	Section 10.05
	 
	Benefits Acknowledged
	99

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 11 

	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 11.01
	 
	Satisfaction and Discharge
	100

	Section 11.02
	 
	Application of Trust Money
	100

	 
	 
	 
	 

	ARTICLE 12 

	MISCELLANEOUS

iv

	
				
	 
	 
	 
	 

	Section 12.01
	 
	Trust Indenture Act Controls
	102

	Section 12.02
	 
	Notices
	102

	Section 12.03
	 
	Communication by Holders of Securities with Other Holders of Securities
	103

	Section 12.04
	 
	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	103

	Section 12.05
	 
	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	103

	Section 12.06
	 
	Rules by Trustee and Agents
	104

	Section 12.07
	 
	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholder Members
	104

	Section 12.08
	 
	Governing Law
	104

	Section 12.09
	 
	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	104

	Section 12.10
	 
	Successors
	105

	Section 12.11
	 
	Severability
	105

	Section 12.12
	 
	Counterpart Originals
	105

	Section 12.13
	 
	Table of Contents, Headings, etc
	105

	Section 12.14
	 
	Waiver of Trial by Jury
	105

	Section 12.15
	 
	Calculations
	105

	Section 12.16
	 
	Force Majeure
	105

	Section 12.17
	 
	U.S.A. Patriot Act
	106

	 
	 
	 
	 

	 
	 
	 
	 

	Exhibit A
	 
	FORM OF NOTE
	 

	Exhibit B
	 
	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	 

	Exhibit C
	 
	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	 

	Exhibit D
	 
	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
	 

v

INDENTURE dated as of November 25, 2015 among Rackspace Hosting, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), Rackspace US, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as a guarantor, and the other Guarantors from time to time party hereto (as defined herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.
The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of (a) the $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Initial Notes”) and (b) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued after the date hereof (all such securities in clauses (a) and (b) being referred to collectively as the “Notes”):
ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01 Definitions.
“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on
Rule 144A.
“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges or consolidates with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case, whether or not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition, merger or consolidation.
“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.06 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing.
“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent, transfer agent, additional paying agent or other agent appointed hereunder.
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any note on any Redemption Date,
the greater of:

(1)1.0% of the principal amount; and

1

(2)the excess of:

(a)the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price at January 15, 2019 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(c) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the note through January 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

(b)the principal amount of the Notes.
The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify the calculation of the Applicable Premium.
“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the relevant Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.
“Asset Acquisition” means (1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) that constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.
“Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value (a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of: (1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (2) any other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) other than in the ordinary course of business; provided that asset sales or other dispositions shall not include: (a) a transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $10.0 million; (b) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted under Section 5.01 hereof; (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.07 hereof or that constitutes a Permitted Investment; (d) the sale or discount, in each case, without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof; (e) disposals or replacements of obsolete or worn-out equipment; (f) the grant of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture or any disposition pursuant thereto; (g) the licensing of intellectual property; (h) dispositions of accounts receivable to local distribution companies under guaranteed receivables agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (i) the sale of inventory, receivables and other current assets in the ordinary course of business; (j) Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted under clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”; (k) the disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business; (l) any disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary; (m) any sale, other disposition or transaction or series of related transactions that, after excluding any amount from such transaction or series of transactions that is used as described in clauses (3)(a)-(d) of Section 

2

4.09 hereof within 360 days of such transaction or series of transactions, does not exceed 10.0% of Total Assets; provided that, in the case of this clause (m), immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 3.00 to 1.00, measured at the earlier of the consummation of such transaction or the entry into a contractual commitment therefor; and (n) any sale or other disposition of Securitization Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Attributable Debt” means, in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or Finance Lease Obligation, the present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the sale and leaseback transaction or lease, of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease.
“Bankruptcy Law” means (i) Title 11, United States Code or any similar U.S. federal or state law for the relief of debtors or the administration or liquidation of debtors’ estates for the benefit of their creditors and (ii) any other similar federal or local law for the relief of debtors or the administration or liquidation of debtors’ estates for the benefit of their creditors in any other applicable jurisdiction, now or hereinafter in effect.
“Bank Facility” means any credit agreements, loan agreements or similar agreements or indentures, including the Existing Bank Facility, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case, as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including one or more credit agreements, loan agreements or similar agreements or indentures extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, holders, lender or group of lenders.
“Beneficial Owner” or “beneficial owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning.
“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.
“Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or in the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

3

“Capital Stock” means:

(1)with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; and

(2)with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing;
provided, that, any security that constitutes Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (6) of the definition thereof, including any security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for any of the foregoing, cash or a combination thereof, shall not be considered “Capital Stock.”
“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1)debt securities denominated in euro, pounds sterling or U.S. dollars to be issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of a Participating Member State, the U.K. or the U.S., as applicable, where the debt securities have not more than twelve months to final maturity and are not convertible into any other form of security;

(2)commercial paper denominated in euro, pounds sterling or U.S. dollars maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least P1 from Moody’s and A1 from S&P;

(3)certificates of deposit denominated in euro, pounds sterling or U.S. dollars having not more than twelve months to maturity issued by a bank or financial institution
incorporated or having a branch in a Participating Member State in the United Kingdom or the United States, provided that the bank is rated P1 by Moody’s or A1 by S&P;

(4)any cash deposit denominated in euro, pounds sterling or U.S. dollars with any commercial bank or other financial institution, in each case, whose long term unsecured, unsubordinated debt rating is at least A3 by Moody’s or A- by S&P;

(5)repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank or financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6)cash deposits and investments that are consistent with the corporate finance policy of the Company that has been adopted by the Board of Directors as in effect on the Issue Date, together with any amendments thereto; and

4

(7)investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (6) above.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events:

(1)any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture);

(2)the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture); or

(3)any Person or Group shall become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. and any successor 

thereto. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Common Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
“Company” means Rackspace Hosting, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

“Consolidated Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and accretion expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
(a)    increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case, to the
extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

5

(1)provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including any levy, impost, deduction, charge, rate, duty, compulsory loan or withholding which is levied or imposed by a governmental agency, and any related interest, penalty, charge, fee or other amount) of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2)Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3)Consolidated Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion Expense of such Person for such period to the extent that the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4)any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(5)any other Non-cash Charges, including any provisions, provision increases, write-offs or write-downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such Non-cash Charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent), and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period; plus

(6)any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or stockholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock); plus

(7)cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

(8)any net loss from disposed or discontinued operations; plus

(9)any net unrealized loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from obligations under any Currency Agreements and the application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815; provided that to the extent any such Currency Agreement relates to items included in the preparation of the income statement (as opposed to the balance sheet, as reasonably determined by the Company), the realized loss on a Currency Agreement shall be included to the extent the amount of such hedge gain or loss was excluded in a prior period; plus

6

(10)any net unrealized loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from (A) currency translation or exchange losses including those (x) related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness and (y) resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and (B) changes in the fair value of Indebtedness resulting from changes in interest rates; plus

(11)the amount of any minority interest expense (less the amount of any cash dividends paid in such period to holders of such minority interests); and
(b)    decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case, to the
extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1)non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business or the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in such prior period;

(2)any net gain from disposed or discontinued operations;

(3)any net unrealized gain (after any offset) resulting in such period from obligations under any Currency Agreements and the application of ASC 815; provided that to the extent any such Currency Agreement relates to items included in the preparation of the income statement (as opposed to the balance sheet, as reasonably determined by the Company), the realized gain on a Currency Agreement shall be included to the extent the amount of such hedge gain or loss was excluded in a prior period; plus

(4)any net unrealized gains (after any offset) resulting in such period from (A) currency translation or exchange gains including those (x) related to currency
remeasurements of Indebtedness and (y) resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and (B) changes in the fair value of Indebtedness resulting from changes in interest rates.

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for which financial statements are available (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to:

(1)the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness or the designation or elimination (including by de-designation) of any Designated Revolving Commitments of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness (and the application of the proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities, occurring during the Four Quarter Period 

7

or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness or designation or elimination (including by de-designation) of Designated Revolving Commitments, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period and in the case of Designated Revolving Commitments, as if Indebtedness in the full amount of any undrawn Designated Revolving Commitments had been incurred throughout such period); and

(2)any asset sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or asset sale or other disposition during the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such asset sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness.
Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”:

(1)interest on outstanding Indebtedness or on borrowings deemed to have been incurred under Designated Revolving Commitments determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness or borrowings deemed to have been incurred under Designated Revolving Commitments in effect on the Transaction Date; and

(2)notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1)Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(2)the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and, to the extent permitted under this Indenture, its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock and other than dividends paid by a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person to such Person or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person) paid, accrued 

8

or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.
“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations), plus (2) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company and the Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that in making such computation, Indebtedness shall include the greater of (x) the average daily balance outstanding under any revolving credit facility during the most recently ended fiscal quarter and (y) the actual amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any revolving credit facility as of the date for which such calculation is being made.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:
(1)    the aggregate of the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation: (a) any amortization of debt discount and the amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs, including commitment fees; (b) the net costs under Interest Swap Obligations; (c) all capitalized interest; (d) non-cash interest expense (other than non-cash interest on any convertible or exchangeable debt issued by the Company that exists by virtue of the bifurcation of the debt and equity components of such convertible or exchangeable notes and the application of ASC 470-20 (or related accounting pronouncement(s))); (e) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptance financing; (f) dividends with respect to Disqualified Capital Stock; (g) dividends with respect to Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person; (h) imputed interest with respect to sale and leaseback transactions; and (i) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation; plus

(2)the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; less

(3)interest income for such period.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (without duplication):

(1)any after tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses;

(2)any net after tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;

9

(3)any after tax effect of gains or losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of assets or abandonments or the sale, transfer or other disposition of any Equity Interest of any Person other than in the normal course of business;

(4)the net income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by such Person;

(5)any after tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of (a) Indebtedness, (b) obligations under any Currency Agreement or (c) other derivative instruments;

(6)any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

(7)any non-cash compensation charge or expense including any such charge arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights;

(8)any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction, amendment or modification of any debt instrument;

(9)income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued);

(10)in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of the referent Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor entity prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets;

(11)the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted by contract, operation of law or otherwise; and

(12)acquisition-related costs resulting from the application of ASC 805.
In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, but without duplication, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture (in each case, whether or not non-recurring).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant “Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (a)(4)(iii)(z) of Section 4.07 hereof), there shall be excluded from 

10

Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Investments (other than Permitted
Investments) from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Investments (other than Permitted Investments) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (a)(4)(iii)(z) of Section 4.07.
“Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, less unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (except proceeds of Indebtedness that are received substantially contemporaneously with the incurrence of such Indebtedness), as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (y) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the Company’s Four Quarter Period immediately preceding the date on which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case, with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Indebtedness, cash, Cash
Equivalents and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
“Covenant Suspension Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against fluctuations in currency values.
“Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.01 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture, including DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream.
“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

11

“Designated Revolving Commitments” means the amount or amounts of any commitments to make loans or extend credit on a revolving basis to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that has or have been designated (but only to the extent so designated) in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee as “Designated Revolving Commitments” until such time as the Company subsequently delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the amount or amounts of such commitments shall no longer constitute “Designated Revolving Commitments.”
“Disqualified Capital Stock” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would constitute a Change of Control or an Asset Sale), matures or is
mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale), in each case, on or prior to the final maturity date of the Notes.
“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company and its successors.
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company (excluding Disqualified Capital Stock), other than:

(a)public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s Common Stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or similar forms under non-U.S. law);

(b)issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company;

(c)issuances pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants outstanding on the date hereof;

(d)issuances upon conversion of securities convertible into Common Stock outstanding on the date hereof;

(e)issuances in connection with an acquisition of property in a transaction entered into on an arm’s-length basis; and

(f)issuances pursuant to employee stock plans.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and any successor thereto.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

12

“Existing Bank Facility” means (1) that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2011, among the Company, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Barclays Bank plc, as syndication agent, and Regions Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as co-documentation agents, as amended, and (2) following the termination of the credit agreement in (1) hereof, the new credit agreement contemplated by that certain Commitment Letter dated November 10, 2015 among the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Wells Fargo Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.08 hereof).
“fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly appointed officer of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as
applicable, acting reasonably and in good faith and, in respect of any asset or property with a fair market value in excess of $50.0 million, shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company delivered to the Trustee.
“Finance Lease Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person, under or in connection with a lease contract in which, under GAAP, such Person is treated as the accounting owner of the asset even though it is not the legal owner and does not take title to such asset and, as a result, such Person is required under GAAP to record construction costs for these projects as an asset and a corresponding liability on its balance sheet, even though another party legally owns and finances the construction of the asset, and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the amount of the Attributable Debt with respect thereto.
“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.
“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
“Global Notes” means the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note.
“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States of America pledges its full faith and credit.
“Guarantee” means a guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor.

13

“Guarantor” means each of the Company’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that executes this Indenture or a supplemental indenture in which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (i) is not a guarantor of any other Indebtedness of the Company (other than the Notes), (ii) has consolidated total assets, together with all Immaterial Subsidiaries, as of the last day of the then most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered, of less than 10% of the Total Assets at such date, calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or dispositions of companies, divisions or lines of business since the end of such fiscal quarter and on or prior to the date of determination and (iii) has consolidated revenues (other than revenues generated from the sale or license of property between any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), together with all Immaterial Subsidiaries, for the then most recent Four Quarter Period of the Company, of less than 10% of the consolidated revenues (other than revenues generated from the sale or license of property between any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Four Quarter Period, calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or dispositions of companies, divisions or lines of business since the start of such Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the date of determination). For avoidance of doubt, for purposes of the foregoing calculations, Foreign Subsidiaries and Securitization Subsidiaries will not be considered Immaterial Subsidiaries.
“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the register maintained by the Registrar.
“incur” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08.
“Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1)all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money;

(2)all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3)all Capitalized Lease Obligations, Finance Lease Obligations and all Attributable Debt of such Person;

(4)all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding (i) trade accounts payable, intercompany payables and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 180 days or more or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP);

(5)all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit (A) securing Obligations (other than Obligations described in (1)-(4) above) entered into the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the 

14

extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit) or (B) that are otherwise cash collateralized;

(6)guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clause (8) below;

(7)all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) that are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset or the amount of the Obligation so secured;

(8)all Obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations of such Person;

(9)all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person or Preferred Stock issued by such Person’s non-Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any; and

(10)the aggregate amount of Designated Revolving Commitments in effect on such date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indebtedness” shall not include any Finance Lease Obligations under or in connection with a lease contract in effect as of the Issue Date.
For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock.
“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
“Independent Financial Advisor” means a firm: (1) that does not, and whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or indirect financial interest in the Company; and (2) that, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged.
“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
“Initial Notes” has the meaning specified in the recitals of this Indenture.
“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by 

15

applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.
“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any other Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and, in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Common Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in respect of such Investment.
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
“Issue Date” means November 25, 2015.
“Legended Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.
“Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest); provided, that, in any event and not in limitation of the foregoing, a lease shall not be deemed to be a Lien if such lease is classified as an operating lease under GAAP.

“Material Subsidiary” means a “significant subsidiary” as defined in clauses (1) or (2) of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, an amount equal to the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of:

16

(1)reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions);

(2)taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;

(3)repayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Bank Facility) that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; and

(4)appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or distributions.

“Net Proceeds Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09.

“Net Proceeds Offer Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09.

“Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09. 

“Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09.
“Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person, (a) losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments, (b) any impairment charge or asset write-off related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities pursuant to GAAP, (c) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, (d) stock-based awards compensation
expense, and (e) other non-cash charges (provided that if any non-cash charges referred to in this clause (e) represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period).
“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.
“Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

17

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain final offering memorandum, dated November 17, 2015, relating to the offering and sale of the Initial Notes.
“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, director or managing director, or any equivalent of the foregoing, or any Person duly authorized to act for on behalf, of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable.
“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, by two Officers of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, one of whom is the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Chief Accounting Officer, or the equivalent, of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.
“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. Such opinion may contain customary assumptions, qualifications and limitations.
“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable.
“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary.
“Participating Member State” means each state, so described in any European Monetary Union legislation, which was a participating member state on December 31, 2003.

“Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Debt” means up to $300.0 million of Indebtedness at any one time outstanding incurred by one or more of the Company’s Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Permitted Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(b).

 “Permitted Investments” means:

(1)Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any Person that is or will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or that will merge or consolidate into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and other Investments to the extent constituting intercompany Indebtedness permitted under clause (6) or (7) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(2)Investments in the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company; provided that any Indebtedness evidencing such Investment and held by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement, to the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture;
(3)Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

18

(4)loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(5)Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ businesses and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture;

(6)additional Investments (other than any Investments in any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) not to exceed 15.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

(7)Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of such trade creditors or customers;

(8)Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof;

(9)Investments resulting from the creation of Liens on the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with Section 4.12 hereof;

(10)Investments represented by guarantees that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(11)Investments the payment for which is Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;

(12)Investments existing as of the Issue Date, and any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investments, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities), in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date;

(13)Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures, not to exceed 15.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

(14)receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(15)lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(16)stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; and

19

(17)capped call(s), call spread(s) or bond hedge and warrant transaction(s) entered into by the Company concurrently with the issuance of convertible or exchangeable debt to hedge the Company’s stock price risk with respect to such debt that are deemed necessary or advisable to effect such hedge in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Permitted Joint Venture” means any Person owned 50% or more by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if (A) such Person is engaged in a business related to that of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has the right to appoint at least half of the Board of Directors of such Person.
“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

(1)Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP;

(2)statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;

(3)Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

(4)judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(5)easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6)any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets which is not leased property subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligation (other than other property that is subject to a separate lease from such lessor or any of its Affiliates);

(7)Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that (a) such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall not exceed the purchase price or other cost of such property or equipment and shall not be secured by any property or equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than the property and equipment so acquired or other property that was acquired from such seller or any of its Affiliates with the proceeds of 

20

Purchase Money Indebtedness and (b) the Lien securing such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall be created within 360 days of such acquisition;

(8)Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(9)Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

(10)Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest Swap Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(11)Liens securing Indebtedness under Currency Agreements;

(12)Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 4.08 hereof; provided that (a) such Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of, the incurrence of
such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and (b) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and are no more favorable to the lienholders than those securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(13)Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(14)leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(15)banker’s Liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents credited to one or more deposit or securities accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(16)Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

(17)Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(18)Liens (a) on inventory held by and granted to a local distribution company in the ordinary course of business and (b) in accounts purchased and collected by and granted to a local distribution company that has agreed to make payments to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such amounts in the ordinary course of business;

21

(19)Liens securing obligations of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250.0 million at any time outstanding;

(20)Liens securing Indebtedness in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions and in respect of Finance Lease Obligations permitted pursuant to clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(21)Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (16) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(22)Liens securing Indebtedness in respect of mortgage financings incurred pursuant to clause (10) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(23)Liens securing Qualified Securitization Financings; and

 (24) Liens with respect to obligations (including Indebtedness) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise permitted under this Indenture that do not exceed 15.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding.

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.
“Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.
“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(f)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the normal course of business for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price, or the cost of installation, construction or improvement, of property or equipment.
“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified
Capital Stock.
“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and, if applicable, the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary or to any other Person are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

22

“Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

“Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07.

 “Reference Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.07.

“Refinance” means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Refinancing or successive Refinancings by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 4.08 hereof (other than pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (13), (14), (16), (17), (18) or (19) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”), in each case, that does not:

(1)result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Person as of the date of such proposed Refinancing (plus the amount of all accrued interest and any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness and plus the amount of reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such Refinancing); or

(2)create Indebtedness with: (a) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; or (b) a final maturity earlier than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided that (x) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness solely of the Company (and is not otherwise guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of the Company, (y) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinate or junior to the Notes or any Guarantee, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (z) if such Indebtedness being refinanced is Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor; provided, that the net proceeds of any Refinancing Indebtedness are applied to such Refinancing or successive Refinancing within 90 days of the date on which such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred.
“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
"Regulation S-X" means Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor regulation thereto), as it may be amended from time to time.
“Regulation S Global Note” means a Legended Regulation S Global Note or an Unlegended Regulation S Global Note, as appropriate.
“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the

23

Trustee) and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement
Legend.

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S, which period shall terminate (a) on January 4, 2016 with respect to the Initial Notes and (b) on such date as set forth in the applicable supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 9.01(8) with respect to any Additional Notes.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any other Person or to which any such other Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such other Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such other Person on the security of such Property. For the avoidance of doubt, such arrangement shall only constitute a Sale and Leaseback Transaction where the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary leasing such property had actual legal ownership or title to such property and shall not constitute a Sale and Leaseback Transaction where it did not have such legal ownership even though the application of accounting principles under GAAP, including those relating to build-to-suit lease arrangements, may deem ownership to be have been present for accounting purposes.
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Consolidated Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, less unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents that would be stated in the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (except proceeds of Indebtedness that are received substantially contemporaneously with the incurrence of such Indebtedness), as determined in accordance with GAAP to (y) Consolidated EBITDA for the Company’s 

24

Four Quarter Period immediately preceding the date on which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case, with such pro forma adjustments to Secured Indebtedness, cash, Cash Equivalents and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provision set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
“Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Facility.
“Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person, or may grant (or, in the case of the Company or any other Subsidiary other than a Securitization Subsidiary, may prophylactically grant) a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any hedging obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.
“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person) that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and that is designated by the Company’s Board of Directors (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and:
(a)    no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or
otherwise) of which:

(1)is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);
(2)is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than such Securitization Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

25

(3)subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than such Securitization Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b)    with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than such Securitization Subsidiary) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable; and

(c)    to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than such Securitization Subsidiary) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.
Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Securitization Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to the designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by this Indenture.
“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.
“Stated Maturity” when used with respect to any Note or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be.

“Subsidiary” with respect to any Person, means:

(1)any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or

(2)any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person.

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

26

“Total Assets” means, at the time of determination, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.
“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to January 15, 2019; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to January 15, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
“Unlegended Regulation S Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend but not the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and issued upon expiration of the Restricted Period.
“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person means:

(1)any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and

(2)any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided that:

(1)the Company certifies to the Trustee that such designation complies with Section 4.07; and

(2)each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

For purposes of making the determination of whether any such designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.07, the portion of the fair market value 

27

of the net assets of such Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is represented by the interest of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, shall be deemed to be an Investment. Such designation will be permitted only if such Investment would be permitted at such time under Section 4.07.

The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if:

(1)immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.08; and

(2)immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.
“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions.
	
		
	Term
	Defined 
in Section

	“Additional Interest”
	6.02

	“Affiliate Transaction” 
	4.13

	 
	 

    
    

28

	
		
	“Authentication Order” 
	2.02

	“Change of Control Offer” 
	4.14

	“Change of Control Payment Date” 
	4.14

	“Covenant Defeasance” 
	8.03

	“Event of Default” 
	6.01

	“Initial Default” 
	6.01

	“Legal Defeasance” 
	8.02

	“Minimum Dollar Denomination” 
	2.01

	“Paying Agent” 
	2.03

	“Permitted Business”  
	4.09

	“Registrar” 
	2.03

	“Replacement Assets”  
	4.09

	“Reversion Date” 
	4.17

	“Suspended Covenants”  
	4.17

	“Suspension Date” 
	4.17

	“Suspension Period” 
	4.17

	“Surviving Entity” 
	5.01

	“Surviving Guarantor Entity”  
	5.02

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Certain Provisions and Defined Terms in the Trust Indenture Act.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA as being incorporated by reference or otherwise applicable to this Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
This Indenture has not been qualified under the TIA and no provision of the TIA shall be deemed a part of this Indenture except as specifically set forth herein.
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b)an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c)“or” is not exclusive;

(d)words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(e)“will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(f)provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g)references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time;

29

(h)“including” means including without limitation; and

(i)Section references are to Sections of this Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

30

ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

(a)General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 (the “Minimum Dollar Denomination”) and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b)Rule 144A Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of a 144A Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated Participants in the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c)Regulation S Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Legended Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of the designated Participants in the Depositary, duly executed by
the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in a Legended Regulation S Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unlegended Regulation S Global Note pursuant to Section 2.06 and the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of Unlegended Regulation S Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel such Legended Regulation S Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d)Depositary. The Company has initially appointed DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

31

(e)Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Euroclear or Clearstream as Participants in DTC.

(f)None of the Trustee or any Agent shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note, a member of, or a Participant or Indirect Participant in, the Depositary or other Person, with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any Participant, Indirect Participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Global Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Participant, Indirect Participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee and each Agent may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, Participants, Indirect Participants and any beneficial owners.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.
At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature, which may be delivered by .pdf attachment to an email or by other electronic means.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.
A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03 Agents.
The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be 

32

presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent with respect to the Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all
money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists.
The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.
(a)    Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be

33

transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(A)The Depositary (1) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or (2) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor Depositary within 120 Business Days;

(B)the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Definitive Notes in exchange for beneficial interest in the Global Notes; or

(C)there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (A), (B) or (C) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in
Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (d).

(b)    Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The
transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either
subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i)Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

34

(ii)All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A)    both (1) and (2):

(1)a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(2)instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase;
(B)    or both (1) and (2):
(1)    a written order from a Participant or an Indirect
Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(2)    instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar
containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or
exchange referred to in (B)(1) above,
provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period and the receipt by the Registrar of a certificate from the transferor stating that the transfer complies with Rule 903 and Rule 904 of the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

35

(A)if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B)if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:
(1)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
(1)(a) thereof; or

(2)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case, if the Company or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall upon the receipt of the certifications required by this clause (iv) issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (iv) above.
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.
(i)    Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted
Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a 

36

Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A)if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate from the transferor to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate from the transferor to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D)if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate from the transferor to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate from the transferor to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F)if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate from the transferor to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii)Beneficial Interests in Legended Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior 

37

to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of a certificate from the transferor stating (x) that the transfer complies with Rule 903 and Rule 904 of the Securities Act; or (y) that the transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii)Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(1)if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2)if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case, if the Company or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
(iii)    Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes so transferred.

38

(e)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon
request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(i)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person or Persons who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A)    if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B)if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C)if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
(ii)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(1)if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2)if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein 

39

and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
(iii)    Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A
Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
(f)    Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global
Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(i)    Private Placement Legend.

(A)    Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each
Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THE OFFERING AND SALE OF THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER:
(1)REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT AN “AFFILIATE” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF RACKSPACE HOSTING, INC. (THE “ISSUER”) AND (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), OR (B) IT HAS ACQUIRED THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT;

(2)AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES, 40 DAYS AFTER THE ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE, EXCEPT (A) TO RACKSPACE HOSTING, INC. OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER) OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION;

40

(3)AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND;

(4)AGREES THAT ANY SECURITY THAT IS OWNED BY AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933) OF THE COMPANY MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR TRANSFERRED BY SUCH AFFILIATE OTHER THAN TO THE COMPANY OR A SUBSIDIARY THEREOF OR PURSUANT TO (A) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, (B) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR (C) ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (IF AVAILABLE) IN A TRANSACTION THAT RESULTS IN SUCH SECURITY NO LONGER BEING A RESTRICTED SECURITY (AS DEFINED UNDER RULE 144). IN THE EVENT ANY SUCH PERSONS BENEFICIALLY OWN AN INTEREST IN THE SECURITY PRIOR TO THE TIME THE COMPANY REMOVES THE RESTRICTIVE LEGEND ON THE SECURITY, THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THAT SUCH PERSONS HOLD THEIR INTERESTS IN THE SECURITY IN CERTIFICATED FORM BEARING AN APPROPRIATE RESTRICTIVE LEGEND AND A RESTRICTED CUSIP NUMBER.
AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS” AND “UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING.”
(5) EITHER (A) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY THE PURCHASER TO ACQUIRE AND HOLD THE NOTES CONSTITUTES ASSETS OF ANY PLAN OR NON-ERISA PLAN, OR (B) THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THE NOTES BY THE PURCHASER WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS”
(B)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or
Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(ii)    Global Note Legend.
Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL 

41

NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

(g)Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee, to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h)General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i)To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will 
execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon 
receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof.
(ii)    No service charge will be made to a holder of a beneficial interest
in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.14 and 9.04 hereof).

42

(iii)    The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or
exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(v)    Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:
(A)to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day the Company gives notice of redemption of the Notes under Section 3.03 hereof, makes a Net Proceeds Offer pursuant to Section 4.09 or makes a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 4.14 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day notice is given or the Change of Control Offer is made, as applicable;

(B)to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part or subject to repurchase in a Change of Control Offer, except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part; or

(C)in the case of a redemption or a Change of Control
Payment Date occurring after a record date but on or before the corresponding interest payment date, register the transfer or exchange of any Note on or after the record date and before the date of redemption or Change of Control Payment Date, as applicable.
(vi)    Subject to the rights of Holders as of the relevant record date to
receive interest on the corresponding interest payment date and Section 2.12, prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
(vii) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
(viii) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any tax or securities laws with respect to any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law (including any transfers between or among Participants, Indirect Participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

43

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee and the Company receives evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.
Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except (i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; (ii) Notes for the payment or redemption of which money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside, segregated and held in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, written notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and (iii) Notes in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered, or which shall have been paid, pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (except with respect to any such Note as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Note is held by a Person in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company). Except as set forth in this Section 2.08, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 9.02 hereof.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Registrar receive proof satisfactory to each of them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal,
premium and accrued interest with respect to the outstanding Notes payable on that date and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, request, waiver or consent in the exercise of any discretion, power or authority 

44

(whether contained in this Indenture or vested by operation of law) which the Trustee is required, expressly or impliedly, to exercise in or by reference to the interests of the Holders or any of them, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by an Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.
Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 Section 2.11 Cancellation.
The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon the Company’s written request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed, purchased or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.
If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special
record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company delivered at least five days (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree) before such notice is requested to be sent to Holders, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will give or cause to be given to Holders in accordance with Section 12.02 a notice prepared by the Company that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Trustee shall have no duty to determine whether defaulted interest is payable or the amount of such defaulted interest.
Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers and ISIN Numbers.
The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and “ISINs” (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers and “ISINs” in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation 

45

is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers or “ISINs.”

46

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

The Company may, with respect to any Notes, reserve the right to redeem and pay the Notes or may covenant to redeem and pay the Notes or any part thereof prior to the Stated Maturity thereof at such time and on such terms as provided for in such Notes. If Notes are redeemable and the Company wants or is obligated to redeem prior to the Stated Maturity thereof all or part of the Notes pursuant to the terms of such Notes, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 35 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

(i)the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(ii)the redemption date;

(iii)the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

(iv)the redemption price; and

(v)the applicable CUSIP numbers.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, Notes will be selected for redemption or purchase by lot, pro rata and subject in each case to the applicable procedures of the Depositary. In the event of such partial redemption or purchase, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in multiples of $1,000; provided that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased; and provided further that any unredeemed portion of a Note shall be equal to $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.
Section 3.03 Notice of Optional Redemption.
Notices of optional redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 will be delivered by the Company, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof.

47

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(a)the redemption date;

(b)the redemption price;

(c)if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d)the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e)that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f)that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g)the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(h)that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes;

(i)any condition to such redemption; and

(j)the CUSIP and/or ISIN number
At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
Once notice of redemption is given in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof and any conditions set forth therein have been satisfied, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price and interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price or accrued interest. Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Company’s option and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction. The notice, if delivered in a manner provided herein, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any 

48

Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.
If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price.
At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent, money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent
by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part.
Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that such unredeemed or unpurchased portion is equal to $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.
(a)    Other than as set forth in this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be
redeemable by the Company prior to maturity.
(b)    At any time prior to January 15, 2019, the Company may on any one or
more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes of such series) outstanding under this Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 106.500% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on a record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:
(1)at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2)the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

49

(c)    On or after January 15, 2019, the Company may redeem all or a part of the
Notes, on any one or more occasions, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on a record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on January 15 of the years indicated below:
	
		
	Year
	Percentage

	2019 
	104.875%

	2020 
	103.250%

	2021 
	101.625%

	2022 and thereafter 
	100.000%

(d)At any time prior to January 15, 2019, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(e)Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 of this Indenture.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.
The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
Section 3.09 Repurchase Offer
In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.09 or 4.14 hereof, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (a “Repurchase Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.
The Repurchase Offer shall remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a shorter or longer period is permitted or required, as the case may be, by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will
purchase at the Purchase Price (as determined in accordance with Section 4.09 or 4.14 hereof, as the case may be) the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.09 or 4.14 hereof, as the case may be (the “Offer Amount”) and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Repurchase Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the Payment Date will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer.

50

Upon the commencement of a Repurchase Offer, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Repurchase Offer, will state:

(a)that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09, and either Section 4.09 or 4.14 hereof, as applicable, and the length of time the Repurchase Offer will remain open;

(b)the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(c)that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(d)that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(e)that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(f)that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(g)that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased by lot or on a pro rata basis and subject to the applicable procedures of the Depositary based on the principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that no Notes in denominations of $2,000 or less will be purchased in part); and

(h)that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).
On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this

51

Section 3.04. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly returned by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Repurchase Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, Section 4.09 or 4.14 of this Indenture, as applicable, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 of this Indenture.

52

ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.
The Company will, for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.
The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period), at such higher rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed daily on the Notes on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, no service of legal process on the Company may be made at any office of the Trustee.
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

With respect to the Notes, the Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03 Reports.
Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company must provide the Trustee and, upon request, to any Holder of the Securities within fifteen (15) Business Days after filing, or in the event no such filing 

53

is required, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the time periods specified in those sections with:

(1)all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual financial statements only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants, and

(2)all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports;
provided that the foregoing delivery requirements shall be deemed satisfied if the foregoing materials are available on the Commission’s EDGAR system or on the Company’s website within the applicable time period.

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will, if the Commission will accept the filing, file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. In addition, the Company will make the information and reports available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.

Unless the Company is otherwise obligated to do so under the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, such reports referred to above will not be required:

(1)to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors as contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X or any financial statements of unconsolidated subsidiaries or 50% or less owned Persons as contemplated by Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X or any schedules required by Regulation S-X, or in each case any successor provisions, or “segment reporting”; or

(2)to comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein.
To the extent any such reports referred to above is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such reports are subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with
respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured.
At any time when the Notes are “restricted securities” under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company will furnish to the holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates).

54

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company and each Guarantor of any Notes (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, each entity has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, within five Business Days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not, and each Guarantor of any Notes will not, at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of such Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.06 Corporate Existence.
Except as otherwise permitted by Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence in accordance with its organizational documents.
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
(a)    The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1)declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company) on or in respect of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock;

(2)purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company;

55

(3)make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, earlier than one year prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness; or
(4)make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments)
(each of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto,

(i)a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(ii)the Company is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the first paragraph under Section 4.08 hereof; or

(iii)the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made subsequent to the Issue Date (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than in cash, being the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall exceed the sum of:
(w)    an amount equal to the Company’s Consolidated
EBITDA for the period from October 1, 2015 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Basket Period”) less the product of 1.4 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for the Basket Period; plus

(x)100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the date the Restricted Payment occurs (the “Reference Date”) of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or warrants, options or other rights to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Qualified Capital Stock, until such debt security has been converted into, or exchanged for, Qualified Capital Stock); plus

(y)without duplication of any amounts included in clause (iii)(x) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received by the Company from a holder of the Company’s Capital Stock subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the Reference Date (excluding, in the case of clauses (iii)(x) and (z), any net cash proceeds from any Equity Offering to the extent used to redeem the Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under Article 3); plus:

56

(z)without duplication, the sum of:

(1)the aggregate amount returned in cash on or with respect to Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made subsequent to the Issue Date whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions or payments;

(2)the net cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition of all or any portion of such Investments (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company);

(3)upon redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (except to the extent the Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), the fair market value of such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation; and

(4)net cash dividends or other net cash distributions paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from any Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company;
provided that the sum of clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) above shall not exceed the aggregate amount of all such Investments made subsequent to the Issue Date.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph do not prohibit:

(1)the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend if the dividend would have been permitted on the date of declaration;

(2)the acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company, either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;

(3)the acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of (a) shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (b) Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4)repurchases by the Company of Common Stock of the Company from officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their authorized representatives upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such employees or termination of their seat on the board of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year;

57

(5)repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price and related statutory withholding taxes of such options or warrants;

(6)payments of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence or issuance of which was permitted by this Indenture;

(7)cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with (i) the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other combination involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(8)the retirement of any shares of Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company by conversion into, or by exchange for, shares of Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) or other shares of Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company;

(9)in the event of a Change of Control, and if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, in each case, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) has made a Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes offered hereby as a result of such Change of Control and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer;

(10)in the event of an Asset Sale that requires the Company to offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, in each case, at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that (A) prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made an offer with respect to the Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such offer and (B) the aggregate amount of all such payments, purchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of all such Subordinated Indebtedness may not exceed the amount of the Net Cash Proceeds Amount remaining after the Company has complied with clause (a)(3) of Section 4.09 hereof;

(11)any Restricted Payments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto and the incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection therewith, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 3.00 to 1.00 determined upon the earlier of when such Restricted Payment is made or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into a contractual commitment obligating it to make such Restricted Payment;

58

(12)other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250.0 million after the Issue Date; and

(13)the distribution or payment of Securitization Fees.
(c)    For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event
that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in clauses (1) through (13) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, or is permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Company will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant. In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1) and (4) of Section 4.03(b) shall be included in such calculation.

Section 4.08 Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.

(a)The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof (or, in the case of Designated Revolving Commitments, on the date such Designated Revolving Commitments are designated as such (but only to the extent and so long as so designated) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of Indebtedness designated thereunder, in which case such designated amount under such Designated Revolving Commitments may thereafter be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with any limitation on the incurrence of additional indebtedness set forth in this Section 4.08), the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would have been greater than 2.0 to 1.0; provided that the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Securitization Subsidiaries) that are not Guarantors (other than borrowings under a Bank Facility which is secured by Liens incurred pursuant to clause (a) of Section 4.12 hereof) shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

(b)Section 4.08(a) will not apply to (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”):

(1)Indebtedness under the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) issued on the Issue Date;

(2)Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Bank Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $400.0 million;

(3)other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness under clauses (1), (2) or (18) of this Section 4.08(b)) reduced by the amount of any scheduled amortization payments, mandatory prepayments when actually paid, conversions or permanent reductions thereof;

59

(4)Interest Swap Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into to protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates on its outstanding Indebtedness incurred without violation of this Indenture to the extent the notional principal amount of such Interest Swap Obligation does not, at the time of the incurrence thereof, exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Swap Obligation relates;

(5)Indebtedness under Currency Agreements; provided that in the case of Currency Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

(6)Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company owing to and held by the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture, in each case, subject to no Lien held by a Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture; provided that if as of any date any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture owns or holds any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (6) by the issuer of such Indebtedness;

(7)Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture, in each case, subject to no Lien other than a Lien permitted under this Indenture; provided that if as of any date any Person other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture owns or holds any such Indebtedness or any Person holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (7) by the Company;
\
(8)Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

(9)Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety, bid, appeal or similar bonds, completion guarantees, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations, and bank overdrafts (and letters of credit in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business;

(10)Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, Finance Lease Obligations, mortgage financings and Purchase Money Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not to exceed (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) 15.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

60

(11)Refinancing Indebtedness;

(12)Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of “earn-out” obligations, guarantees, indemnities or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets (including Capital Stock);

(13)Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 60 days following the incurrence thereof;

(14)Indebtedness in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(15)Acquired Indebtedness, if on the date that such Indebtedness is incurred, after giving pro forma effect thereto, (A) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.08(a), or (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be no less than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to the date such Indebtedness is incurred;

(16)Additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value) not to exceed $250.0 million at any one time outstanding (which amounts may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under the Bank Facility); provided that the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this clause (16) by any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than borrowings under a Bank Facility which is secured by Liens incurred pursuant to Clause (a) of Section 4.12 hereof) that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $175.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(17)Indebtedness represented by guarantees by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided that, in the case of a guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.16 hereof to the extent applicable;

(18)Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Debt; and

(19)Indebtedness in respect of any Qualified Securitization Financing.
(c)    For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08, in the
event that all or a portion of an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (19) of Section 4.08(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions of this Section 4.08, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness, in whole or in part, in any manner that complies with this covenant; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Bank Facility up to the maximum amount permitted under clause (2) of Section 4.08(b) shall be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (2) of Section 4.08(b) . Accrual of interest, whether 

61

payable in cash or in kind, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, imputed interest, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or Disqualified Capital Stock, as applicable, for purposes of this Section 4.08.

(d)In addition, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness which by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor solely by virtue of such Indebtedness being unsecured or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into one or more intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

(e)For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated by the Company based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.

Section 4.09 Limitation on Asset Sales.
(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1)the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration therefor at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value at the time of such Asset Sale of the property, assets or stock sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors);

(2)at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Replacement Assets and is received at the time of such disposition; 

62

provided that, for purposes of this clause (2), (a) the amount of any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee of a Guarantor) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets, (b) the fair market value of any securities or other assets received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for any such assets that are converted into cash or Cash Equivalents within 360 days after such Asset Sale and (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this subclause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 1.0% of Total Assets and $25.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), in each case, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (2) of Section 4.09(a); and

(3)upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 360 days of receipt thereof either:

(A)to permanently reduce Indebtedness under a Bank Facility or to permanently repay any secured Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(B)to (1) make an investment in properties and assets (including Capital Stock; provided that any investment in Capital Stock results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of Capital Stock of the entity such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) that replace the properties and assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale or in properties and assets that will be used in the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as existing on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related thereto (a “Permitted Business”), (2) acquire Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business that will be a Restricted Subsidiary immediately thereafter, or (3) a combination of (1) and (2) above (“Replacement Assets”);

(C)to repay other Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that the Company shall also equally and ratably reduce Indebtedness under the Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for a Net Proceeds Offer) to all Holders to purchase the pro rata principal amount of Notes, in each case, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); and/or
(D)    a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the
foregoing clauses (A)-(C);

63

provided that in the case of an investment in Replacement Assets pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of such commitment and, in the event such binding commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Cash Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment within 180 days of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment.

(b)Pending the final application of such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce borrowings under the Bank Facility or any other revolving credit facility or otherwise invest the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. On the 361st day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (3)(A)-(D) of Section 4.09(a) (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds (rounded down to the nearest $1,000) that has not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (3)(A)-(D) of Section 4.09(a) or the last provision of this paragraph (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders (and holders of any such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis, the maximum amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase; provided that if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.09.

(c)The Company may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess of $25.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales (at which time, the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $25.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to this Section 4.09).

(d)In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety to a Person in a transaction permitted under Article 5 which transaction does not constitute a Change of Control, the successor corporation shall be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this Section 4.09, and shall comply with the provisions of this Section 4.09 with respect to such deemed sale as if it were an Asset Sale. In addition, the fair market value of such properties and assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to be sold shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of this Section 4.09.

(e)Each Net Proceeds Offer will be delivered to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part (in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) in exchange for cash. To the extent such 

64

Holders properly tender Notes and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness properly tender such Pari Passu Indebtedness in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (and the Trustee or applicable depositary shall select the tendered Notes of tendering Holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Notes (or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures) and the Company shall select debt from the Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer or shorter period as may be required or permitted, respectively, by law. If any Net Cash Proceeds remain after the consummation of any Net Proceeds Offer, the Company may use those Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of each Net Proceeds Offer, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(f)The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.09, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.09 by virtue thereof.
Section 4.10 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to:

(1)pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock;

(2)make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3)    transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, except, in each case, for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a)applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(b)this Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantees;

(c)customary non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease, license or sublicense governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(d)any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;

65

(e)agreements existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date;

(f)the Bank Facility, an agreement governing other Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, including a Qualified Securitization Financing, or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, an agreement evidencing Indebtedness incurred not in violation of this Indenture; provided that, with respect to any agreement governing such other Pari Passu Indebtedness or other Indebtedness, as the case may be, the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction are no less favorable to the Company or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in any material respect as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its reasonable and good faith judgment than the provisions contained in the Bank Facility, in the case of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, and the agreements of such Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of such other Indebtedness, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date;

(g)restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under this Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien;

(h)restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock permitted under this Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale;

(i)such encumbrances or restrictions being binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at such time as such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such encumbrances or restrictions are not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;

(j)customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (in each case relating solely to the respective joint venture or similar
entity or the equity interests therein) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(k)any amendment to or Refinancing of the Indebtedness issued, assumed or incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clauses (b), (d), (e) and (f) above; provided that the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in any such agreement, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Company in any material respect as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in their reasonable and good faith judgment than the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in agreements referred to in such clauses (b), (d), (e) and (f);

(l)customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby;

(m)restrictions imposed on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(n)encumbrances and restrictions applicable only to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries.

66

Section 4.11 Limitation on Preferred Stock of Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries
The Company will not permit any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Preferred Stock of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor.

Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind against or upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom unless:

(1)in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes or any Guarantee, as the case may be, are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and

(2)in all other cases, the Notes or any Guarantee, as the case may be, are equally and ratably secured, 

except for:

(a)Liens securing borrowings under a Bank Facility in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) the amount permitted to be incurred pursuant to and in compliance with clause (b)(2) of Section 4.08 hereof and (y) such amount that at the time of incurrence (or, in the case of Designated Revolving Commitments, on the date such Designated Revolving Commitments are designated as such (but only to the extent and so long as so designated) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire amount of Indebtedness designated thereunder, in which case such designated amount under such Designated Revolving Commitments may thereafter be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with any limitations on Liens set forth in this Section 4.12) and after giving pro forma effect to any such Lien and obligations secured thereunder (including the use of proceeds thereof) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have a Secured Leverage Ratio less than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0;

(b)Liens existing as of the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;

(c)Liens securing the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Obligations under any hedge facility permitted under this Indenture to be entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d)Liens securing the Notes and any Guarantees;

67

(e)Liens in favor of the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on assets of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(f)Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness which is incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that such Liens: (i) are no less favorable to the Holders in any material respect and are not more favorable to the lienholders in any material respect with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its reasonable and good faith judgment; and (ii) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so Refinanced; and

(g)Permitted Liens. Section 

4.13 Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates
(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), having a value greater than $10.0 million other than (x) Affiliate
Transactions permitted under paragraph (b) below and (y) Affiliate Transactions on terms that are no less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.
All Affiliate Transactions (and each series of related Affiliate Transactions which are similar or part of a common plan) involving aggregate payments or other property with a fair market value in excess of $50.0 million shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, such approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution stating that such Board of Directors has determined that such transaction complies with the foregoing provisions. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company enters into an Affiliate Transaction (or a series of related Affiliate Transactions related to a common plan) that involves an aggregate fair market value of more than $50.0 million, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of such transaction or series of related transactions to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee.

(b)    The restrictions set forth in this covenant shall not apply to:

(1)loans, advances and payments of reasonable fees and compensation paid (whether in cash or the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company) to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business or as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or senior management;

68

(2)transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(3)any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(4)any transaction on arm’s-length terms with any non-Affiliate that becomes an Affiliate as a result of such transaction;

(5)any employment, consulting and severance arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(6)the issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock;

(7) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted by this
Indenture; and

(8)    the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs
to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control.

(a)Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Company or a third party has previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.03, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase each Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase.

(b)Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the Company must send, or cause the Trustee to send, a notice set forth in Section 3.09 to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days after the date such notice is delivered, other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the note completed and specifying the portion (equal to $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes that it agrees to sell to the Company pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

69

(c)The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.14, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof.

(d)On the date of such Change of Control Payment, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
(1)accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2)deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3)    deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly
accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

(e)The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the date of such Change of Control Payment.

(f)The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. The Company (or a third party) may make a Change of Control Offer in advance of, and conditioned upon, any Change of Control.
Section 4.15 Payments for Consent.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Section 4.16 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.
The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary (and non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), other than a Guarantor, a Securitization Subsidiary and a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any capital markets debt securities or Indebtedness under any Bank Facility in 

70

each case, incurred in reliance on any of (or a combination of) paragraph (a) or clause (2) or clause (15) of paragraph (b) Section 4.08 hereof, in each case, of the Company or any Guarantor unless:
(a)    such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a
supplemental indenture in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment
to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee; and
(b)    such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
provided that the foregoing shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.
The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall only be required to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Subsidiary.
If any Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Subsidiary and is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor under this Section 4.16, the Company shall have the right, by execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture to the Trustee, to cause such Person to cease to be a Guarantor, subject to the requirement, under this Section 4.16 that such Person shall be required to become a Guarantor if it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary or is otherwise required to become a Guarantor under this covenant (except that if such Subsidiary has been properly designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall not be so required to become a Guarantor or execute a supplemental indenture).

Section 4.17 Suspension of Guarantees Upon Change in Ratings.

(a)During any period of time that: (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from two Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.16 and 5.01(2) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

(b)Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the Guarantees, if any, of any Guarantors will be deemed released and of no further force and effect as of such date (the “Suspension Date”).

(c)In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to 

71

future events and promptly thereafter the Guarantees, if any, of any Guarantors will be re-executed and delivered to the extent such Guarantees are then required by the terms of this Indenture. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.”

(d)Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period).

(e)On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been incurred or issued pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 4.08 hereof or one of the clauses set forth in paragraph (b) of Section 4.08 hereof (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted to be incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Section 4.08 hereof such Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (3) of paragraph (b) Section 4.08 hereof. On the Reversion Date, all Restricted Payments and Investments during the Suspension Period will be treated as having been permitted under the covenant described under Section 4.07 hereof and will not be counted for purposes of any baskets or calculations thereunder. On the Reversion Date, all Liens created, incurred or assumed during the Suspension Period in compliance with this Indenture will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that they are classified as permitted under clause (b) of Section 4.12 hereof

(f)During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for under Section 4.12 hereof (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens). To the extent such covenant and any Permitted Liens refer to one or more Suspended Covenants, such covenant or definition shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.12 hereof and the “Permitted Liens” definition and for no other covenant).

(g)No Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date (if permitted at such time, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period). Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Suspension Period, the Company shall not designate any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be Unrestricted Subsidiaries. For purposes of the covenant described below under Section 4.09 hereof on the Reversion Date, the amount of Net Proceeds Offer Amount, if any, shall be reset to zero.

(h)The Company shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate notifying the Trustee of any Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 4.17, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely. The

72

Trustee shall have no duty to inquire or to verify the treatment of the Company’s debt by the Rating Agencies or otherwise to determine the factual basis for the Company’s determination of the occurrence or timing of a Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date. The Company also shall provide notice to the Holders of any Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date.
Section 4.18 Conduct of Business.
The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not engage in any businesses that are not the same, similar, ancillary, complementary or reasonably related to the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date, except to an extent that so doing would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

73

ARTICLE 5

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE OF ASSETS 

Section 5.01 The Company.

The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) whether as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:

(1)either: 

(a)the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; or

(b)the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the “Surviving Entity”):

(x)shall be an entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that in the case where the Surviving Entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; and

(y)shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes and this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(2)immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(b)(y) of this Section 5.01 (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), (A) the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the clause (a) of Section 4.08 hereof or (B) the applicable Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) would be no less than the applicable Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(3)immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(b)(y) of this Section 5.01 (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to 

74

be incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and

(4)the Company or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.
For purposes of the provisions of this Section 5.01, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, in a single or a series of related transactions, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.
Notwithstanding clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 5.01 hereof, but subject to the proviso in subclause (x) of clause (1)(b) of Section 5.01, the Company may merge with (a) any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) an Affiliate that is a Person that has no material assets or liabilities and which was organized solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction.
For purposes of this Section 5.01, upon any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with the foregoing in which there is a Surviving Entity, the Company will be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes and, upon execution of the supplemental indenture referred to above, such Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, and shall perform every obligation of, the Company under the Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as such and all financial information and reports required by the Indenture shall be provided by and for such Surviving Entity.

Section 5.02 The Guarantors

A Guarantor will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or all or substantially all of such Guarantor’s assets, whether as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person, other than to, with or into the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(1)immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists under this Indenture; and

(2)either:

(a)the Person (if other than such Guarantor) formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of such Guarantor substantially as an entirety (the “Surviving Guarantor Entity”), is a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and expressly 

75

assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture and the Guarantee by executing a supplemental indenture; or

(b)such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition or merger or consolidation does not violate Section 4.09 hereof.
For purposes of this Section 5.02, any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor in accordance with the foregoing in which there is a Surviving Guarantor Entity that is a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, such Guarantor will be released from its obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and Guarantee and, upon execution of the supplemental indenture referred to above, such Surviving Guarantor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, and shall perform every obligation of, such Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes and Guarantee with the same effect as if such Surviving Guarantor Entity had been named as such.

76

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

The following events are defined in this Indenture as “Events of Default”:

(1)the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

(2)the failure to pay the principal on any Notes, when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a
payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer) on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase;

(3)    a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or
agreement contained in this Indenture which Default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the Default (and demanding that such Default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a Default with respect to Article 5, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement);
(4)    the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace
periods and any extensions thereof) the stated principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or upon the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 30 days of receipt by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final stated maturity or which has been so accelerated (in each case, with respect to which the 30-day period described above has passed), equals $50.0 million or more at any time;
(5)    one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million
shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable;
(6)    the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries (or any group of
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(a)commences a voluntary case,

(b)consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c)consents to the appointment of a custodian for it or for all or substantially all of their property,

77

(d)makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(e)an admission by the Company in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they become due;
(7)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that:

(a)    is for relief against the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries
(or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case;

(b)appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary);

(c)orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary);
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
days; or
(8)    any Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of
Guarantors that would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or any material provision thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or any Guarantee of a Guarantor is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or any Guarantee of a Guarantor is found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).
If (i) a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another Default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action and (ii) any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 4.03 hereof or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) and (7) in Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration,” and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

78

If an Event of Default specified in clause (6) and (7) in Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company so elects in writing to the Trustee, the sole remedy of the Holders for a failure to comply with Section 4.03 hereof will for the first
180 days after the occurrence of such failure consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest (“Additional Interest”) on the Notes at a rate per annum equal to 0.25% for the first 180 days after the occurrence of such failure. The Additional Interest will accrue on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which such failure first occurs until such violation is cured or waived and shall be payable on each interest payment date to Holders of record on the regular record date immediately preceding the interest payment date. On the 181st day after such failure (if such violation is not cured or waived prior to such 181st day), such failure will then constitute an Event of Default without any further notice or lapse of time and the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in this Section 6.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of such Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(1)if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(2)if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

(3)to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(4)if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and

(5)in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (6) or (7) in Section 6.01 hereof, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy hereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless also the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request, and offered indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a Holder of Notes for enforcement of payment of principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Notes.

79

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.
If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes at the time outstanding occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest on such Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of such Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment Default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority.
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Securities or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the direction or request of any Holder, unless such Holder shall offer to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.
A Holder of any Notes may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or its Notes only if:
(a)such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default with respect to Notes is continuing or the Trustee receives such notice from the Company;
(b)Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(c)such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

80

(d)the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of such security or indemnity; and
(e)during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain or seek to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes at the time outstanding, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as Trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, such Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the exchange of the Notes or on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien
on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

81

Section 6.10 Priorities.
If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money and property in the following order:
First: to the Trustee, its agents (including, without limitation, the Agents) and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all reasonable compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and
Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall
direct.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

82

ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
(1)    If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and subject to any
direction received by the requisite Holders, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(2)    Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(a)the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture or the TIA and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(b)In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officers’ Certificates or Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
(3)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a)this paragraph does not limit the effect of clause (b) of this Section 7.01;

(b)the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(c)the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
(4)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.
(5)    No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk
its own funds or incur any liability if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any 

83

Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
(6)    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it
except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(7)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the
Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(1)The Trustee may conclusively rely upon and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(2)Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(3)The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. No Depositary shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission by any Depositary.
(4)The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(5)Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(6)The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(7)The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of a Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office specified in Section 12.02 hereof.

84

(8)The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other
paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(1)The Trustee shall not be required to provide any bond or surety with respect to the execution of these trusts and powers.

(2)In no event shall the Trustee be liable to any person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

(3)The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

(4)The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 and Section 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or any Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from any Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in any Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of any Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.
If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee will deliver to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs, or, if later, after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge of such Default or Event of Default. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes s, the Trustee may withhold the notice from the

85

Holders of such Notes if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of such Notes.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Securities.

(1)Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will deliver to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also deliver all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

(2)A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

(1)The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

(2)The Company and the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07), and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. This indemnification shall apply to officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents of the Trustee. 

(3)The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors shall be joint and several under this Section 7.07 and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(4)To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee. Such claim shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

86

(5)When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(6)The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.
(1)    A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.
(2)    The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the
trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee with respect to the Notes if:

(a)the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b)the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c)a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d)the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
(3)    If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of
Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
(4)    If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring
Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(5)    If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder
for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(6)    A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment
to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall deliver a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. 

87

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

(1)There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a national banking association or other corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

(2)This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.
The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

88

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes (including the related Guarantees, if any) upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each Guarantor will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the related Guarantees, if any) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and each Guarantor will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the related Guarantees, if any), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes, such Guarantees, if any, and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1)the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due;

(2)the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payments;

(3)the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4)this Article 8.
Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.
Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors, if any, shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Section 4.03, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and Section 5.01 hereof as well as any additional covenants specified in a supplemental indenture for such Notes or a Board Resolution or an Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.02 with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the outstanding Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the 

89

purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and will
have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof with respect to such Notes, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, clauses (3), (4), (5) and (8) of Section 6.01 hereof will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to such Notes.
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
The following shall be the conditions to the applicability of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:
(1)    the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the
benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be;
(2)    in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:
(a)the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(b)since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(3)    in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4)    no Default or Event of Default with respect to the outstanding Notes shall
have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of

90

Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);

(5)such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under this Indenture (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposits and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

(6)the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others;

(7)the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and

(8)the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, stating that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 124th day following the date of deposit and that no Holder is an insider of the Company, after the 124th day following the date of deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause Section 8.04(b) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable on the maturity date or a redemption date within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money, non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

91

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.
Subject to applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities with respect to Notes in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then, with respect to such Notes, the Company’s and any applicable Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the applicable Notes and Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any such Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

92

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees:

(1)cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2)provide for the assumption by a Surviving Entity of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture;

(3)provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

(4)add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any security or guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by this Indenture;

(5)secure the Notes, add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

(6)make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes;

(7)comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(8)provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

(9)evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee;

(10)conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision was intended to be a recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes; or

(11)make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the
Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes.

93

provided, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.
Upon the request of the Company and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders, and the Company’s compliance with any provision of this Indenture with respect to the Notes may be waived by written notice to the Trustee by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not:

(1)reduce the principal amount of Notes issued hereunder whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2)reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes;

(3)reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note issued hereunder or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor, other than prior to the Company’s obligation to purchase Notes under provisions relating to the Company’s obligation to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or to make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale;

(4)make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(5)make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of
the payment Default that resulted from such acceleration), or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;

94

(6)after the Company’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change of Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto;

(7)modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Guarantee in a manner which adversely affects the Holders;

(8)release any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(9)modify or change the amendment provisions of the Notes or this Indenture.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall give to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

(1)Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

(2)Any amendment or waiver once effective shall bind every Holder of each Note affected by such amendment or waiver unless it is of the type described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 9.02. In that case, the amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note.

Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

95

Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until its Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, Notes or Guarantees, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, Notes or Guarantees is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

96

ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Guarantees.

(1)Each Guarantor shall jointly and severally, fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the Notes and obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that: (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise (including, without limitation, the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof by executing this Indenture; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each of the Guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

(2)Each Guarantor shall agree that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

(3)Each Guarantor shall waive the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and such Guarantee or as provided for in this Indenture. Each of the Guarantors shall agree that, in the event of a Default in payment of principal or premium, if any or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

97

(4)If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. This Section 10.01(d) shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by the Trustee or any Holder in reliance upon such amount required to be returned. This Section 10.01(d) shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

(5)Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of this Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

Section 10.02 Severability

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 10.03 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 10.04 Releases.

The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:

(1)in connection with a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if such sale or other disposition is in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof;

(2)upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event under Section 4.17 hereof;

98

(3)upon the designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(4)upon the release or discharge from all of a Guarantor’s obligations under all of its guarantees of payment of the Company’s Indebtedness that required it to become a Guarantor under Section 4.16 hereof, except in the case of a release as a result of the repayment in full of such Indebtedness if such repayment is made, in whole or in part, by such Guarantor pursuant to its guarantee of such Indebtedness (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still considered a release, and if any such Indebtedness of such Guarantor is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated);

(5)to the extent the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance option under Article 8 or the Company’s obligations are discharged in accordance with this Indenture; or

(6)    to the extent that such Guarantor is a Securitization Subsidiary or an
Immaterial Subsidiary, as the case may be, 

and in each case, upon the delivery by the Company or such Guarantor to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent to such release have been complied with.

Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

99

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, or as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when:

(1)    either:

(a)all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b)all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
(1)have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be, together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(2)the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Company with respect to the Notes; and

(3)the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which opinion may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of Section 11.01(a), the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive such satisfaction and discharge. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes with respect to which such deposit was made and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the 

100

Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

101

ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties shall control.
Section 12.02 Notices
Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others or by a Holder to the Company or the Trustee is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission, delivered electronically (in .pdf or similar format) if, in case of electronic notices, receipt is confirmed, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:
Rackspace Hosting, Inc. 1 Fanatical Place
City of Windcrest
San Antonio, Texas 78218 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile No.: 210-312-4848
With a copy to:
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
Attention: John Fore
Facsimile No.: 650-493-6811
E-mail: jfore@wsgr.com 
If to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
750 N. Saint Paul Place
Suite 1750
MAC T9263-170
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Corporate Municipal & Escrow Services
Facsimile No.: 214-756-7401
The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by 

102

facsimile or email; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next Business Day delivery.
Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be delivered by electronic transmission, first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next Business Day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so delivered to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
If the Company delivers a notice or communication to Holders, it will deliver a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Security, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Global Security (or its designee), pursuant to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice.
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Securities with Other Holders of Securities
Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the applicable Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1)an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2)an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include:

(1)a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

103

(2)a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3)a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(4)    a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such
condition or covenant has been satisfied.
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholder Members
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent, stockholder or Affiliate of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under any Notes or under this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent, stockholder or Affiliate of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liabilities. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the execution of this Indenture and the issuance of the Notes.
Section 12.08 Governing Law
THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
The parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

104

Section 12.10 Successors
All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.
Section 12.11 Severability
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals
This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 12.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury
EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 12.15 Calculations
The Company will be responsible for making all calculations called for under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company will make all such calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on Holders. The Company will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of such calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will deliver a copy of such schedule to any Holder upon the written request of such Holder.

Section 12.16 Force Majeure
In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or 

105

malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
Section 12.17 U.S.A. Patriot Act
The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.
[Signatures on following pages]

106

Dated as of November 25, 2015
	
		
	 
	RACKSPACE HOSTING, INC. 

	By
	/s/ KARL PICHLER

	 
	Karl Pichler

	 
	Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Indenture]

107

Dated as of November 25, 2015
	
		
	 
	RACKSPACE US, INC.

	By
	/s/ KARL PICHLER

	 
	Karl Pichler

	 
	Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Indenture]

108

Dated as of November 25, 2015
                                	
		
	 
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

	 
	ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent

	By: 
	/s/ PATRICK GIORDANO

	Name:
	Patrick Giordano

	Title:
	Vice President

[Signature Page to Indenture]

109

EXHIBIT A
[Face of Note]
[Insert legends required by this Indenture]

A-1

FORM OF NOTE
[144A CUSIP No.: 750086 AA8
144A ISIN:    US750086AA88 
Reg S CUSIP No.: U74917 AA0
Reg S ISIN:    USU74917AA08]1 
6.500% Senior Notes due 2024
No. [A][S]-[•]                                        $________________

RACKSPACE HOSTING, INC.

promise to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum of [] (as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note, attached hereto) on January 15, 2024.

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15, commencing July 15, 2016.

 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1.

Dated: November 25, 2015

A-2

RACKSPACE HOSTING, INC.
By:                          
        Name:
        Title:
Dated:                           

A-3

Dated:                           

This is one of the Notes referred to 
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:                           
Authorized Signatory

A-4

[Reverse of Note]

6.500% Senior Notes due 2024

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1)INTEREST. Rackspace Hosting, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.500% per annum from November 25, 2015 until maturity. The Company will pay interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from November 25, 2015 until the principal hereof is due. The first Interest Payment Date for the Initial Notes shall be July 15, 2016. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2)METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day), even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on Definitive Notes at the office of the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3)PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Trustee, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4)INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under the Indenture dated as of November 25, 2015 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by specific reference to the TIA. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all the terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes are treated as a single class of securities
under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, engage in certain transactions as set forth in the Indenture. The 

A-5

Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.
To Guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally Guaranteed the obligations of the Company under the Notes on an unsecured senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

(5)OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. Except pursuant to Section 3.07(b), (c) or (d) of the Indenture, the Notes will not be optionally redeemable by the Company; provided, however, the Company may acquire the Notes by means other than an optional redemption.

(6)MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(7)REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07(b), (c) or (d) of the Indenture with respect to all outstanding Notes, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased, to, but excluding, the Change of Control Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07(b), (c) or (d) of the Indenture with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Company will give notice to the Trustee and each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is given, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder, if any, to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.14 of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

(8)    DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 (the “Minimum Dollar Denomination”) and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part or subject to purchase in a Change of Control Offer, except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or purchased in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the day the Company gives notice of redemption of the Notes or makes a Change of Control Offer and ending at the close of business on the day notice of redemption is given or the Change of Control Offer is made.

A-6

(9)PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.
(10)AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Company and Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented:

(i)to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(ii)provide for the assumption by a Surviving Entity of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture;

(iii)to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(iv)add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any security or guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the Indenture;

(v)secure the Notes, add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

(vi)make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes;

(vii)comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA;

(viii)provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture;

(ix)evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee;

(x)conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of 

(xi)the “Description of Notes” of the Offering Memorandum pursuant to which the Notes were offered to the extent that such provision was intended to be a recitation of a provision of the Indenture or the Notes; or

(xii)make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the 

A-7

Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes.
provided that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of the Indenture.

(11)DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Subject to 6.02(2) of the Indenture, if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or a covenant or provision of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default and the remedial action the Company proposes to take in connection therewith.

(12)DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE. Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

(13)TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(14)NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or member of the Company or any Subsidiary, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15)AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16)ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the 

A-8

entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17)CUSIP NUMBERS, ISINS. The Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18)GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES.

(19)JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. (a) Each of the Company and the Guarantors has consented to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any U.S. federal court, in each case, sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, United States, and any appellate court from any thereof in any action or proceeding arising out of or related to this Note, the Indenture or the Guarantees.

(b)    EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE HAS
IRREVOCABLY WAIVED ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

A-9

Rackspace Hosting, Inc. 
1 Fanatical Place 
City of Windcrest 
San Antonio, Texas 78218

A-10

ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                        
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
                                                        
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
                                                        
                                                        
                                                        
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
and irrevocably appoint                     
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                          
Your Signature:                     
(Sign exactly as your name
appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee*:                          
* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-11

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, check the box below:
☐Section 4.14
If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$             
Date:            
Your Signature:                     
(Sign exactly as your name
appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:                          
Signature Guarantee*:                          
* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-12

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE 
[To be inserted for Rule 144A Global Note]
The following transfer or exchange of a part of this Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Rule 144A Global Note, or to reflect a redemption or repurchase of the Notes and cancellation, have been made:

	
					
	Date of Increase or Decrease
	Amount of decrease in Principal Amount at Maturity of this Global Note
	Amount of increase in Principal Amount at Maturity of this Global Note
	Principal Amount at Maturity of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase)
	Signature of authorized officer of Trustee or Custodian

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

[To be inserted for Regulation S Global Note]
The following transfer or exchange of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note or of other Restricted Global Notes or Definitive Note for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, or to reflect a redemption or repurchase of the Notes and cancellation, have been made:
	
					
	Date of Increase or Decrease
	Amount of decrease in Principal Amount at Maturity of this Global Note
	Amount of increase in Principal Amount at Maturity of this Global Note
	Principal Amount at Maturity of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase)
	Signature of authorized officer of Trustee or Custodian

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

A-13

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Rackspace Hosting, Inc.
1 Fanatical Place
City of Windcrest
San Antonio, Texas 78218
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
750 N. Saint Paul Place
Suite 1750
MAC T9263-170
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Corporate Municipal & Escrow Services
Facsimile No.: 214-756-7401
Re: 6.500% Senior Notes due 2024
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 25, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among Rackspace Hosting, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors from time to time a party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the
Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$              in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                     
(the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
1.    Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 
144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-1

2.Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a  Legended Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to 
Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Legended Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3.Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial  interest in a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a)such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or

(b)    such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 

                                                                           or 

(c)    such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

B-2

4.    Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a)Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b)Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c)Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
                                            
[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:                     
Name: 
Title:

Dated:                     

B-3

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.    The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)    a beneficial interest in the:

(i)144A Global Note (CUSIP ­_____), or

(ii)Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _____); or

(b)    a Restricted Definitive Note.

2.    After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)    a beneficial interest in the:

(i)144A Global Note (CUSIP _____), or

(ii)Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _____), or

(iii)Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _____); or

(b)    a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c)    an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Rackspace Hosting, Inc.
1 Fanatical Place
City of Windcrest
San Antonio, Texas 78218
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
750 N. Saint Paul Place
Suite 1750
MAC T9263-170
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Corporate Municipal & Escrow Services
Facsimile No.: 214-756-7401
Re: 6.500% Senior Notes due 2024
Reference is hereby made to this Indenture, dated as of November 25, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among Rackspace Hosting, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors from time to time a party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
_____, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $    (CUSIP _____    ; ISIN    _____    ) in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In  connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a  Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 

(a)Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and
(iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

C-1

(b)Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c)Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d)Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in  Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
(a)    Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b)    Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in 

C-2

compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
__                ___    
[Insert Name of Transferor]
By: __                    ___         
Name: 
Title:

Dated: __                ___    

C-3

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
_____, 20___, among _____    (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of Rackspace Hosting, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), the Company, the existing Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Company and the existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), dated as of November 25, 2015 providing for the issuance of 6.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.16 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of Holders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1.DEFINED TERMS. Defined terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2.AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors (if any), to provide an unconditional Note Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture, and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or member of the Company, any parent entity of the Company or any Subsidiary, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

D-1

4.NOTICES. All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 12.02 of the Indenture.

5.RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of a Note heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

6.GOVERNING LAW. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

7.SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. THE PROVISIONS UNDER SECTION 12.08 OF THE INDENTURE IN RESPECT OF SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION SHALL APPLY TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

8.COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Supplemental Indenture by facsimile or .pdf attachment to an email or by other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplemental Indenture.

9.EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

10.TRUSTEE MAKES NO REPRESENTATION. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of the Note Guarantee of the New Guarantor or this Supplemental Indenture.

D-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.
Dated: _____    , 20___
RACKSPACE HOSTING, INC.
By:                 
Name: Title:
[NEW GUARANTOR]
By:                       
Name: Title:
[EXISTING GUARANTOR]
By:                      
Name: Title:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:                      
Name: Title:

D-3Exhibit

	
	
	OFFICE LEASE

	 

	by and between

	 

	RAND BUILDING, LTD.

	 

	and

	 

	OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC

	 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
						
	I.
	BASIC LEASE INFORMATION AND DEFINITIONS
	 
	 
	1
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	II.
	PREMISES
	 
	 
	5
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	III.
	TERM
	 
	 
	6
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	IV.
	RENT
	 
	 
	7
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	V.
	SECURITY DEPOSIT
	 
	 
	12
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	VI.
	PARKING
	 
	 
	12
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	VII.
	RIGHT OF ENTRY
	 
	 
	13
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	VIII.
	SERVICES AND UTILITIES
	 
	 
	13
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	IX.
	USE AND REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
	 
	 
	14
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	X.
	MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
	 
	 
	16
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	XI.
	ALTERATIONS
	 
	 
	16
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	XII.
	SIGNS
	 
	 
	18
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	XIII.
	ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
	 
	 
	18
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	XIV.
	RULES AND REGULATIONS
	 
	 
	20
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	XV.
	INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION
	 
	 
	21
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	XVI.
	CASUALTY DAMAGE; CONDEMNATION
	 
	 
	23
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	XVII.
	SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPELS
	 
	 
	24
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	XVIII.
	DEFAULT OF TENANT
	 
	 
	25
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	XIX.
	MISCELLANEOUS
	 
	 
	29
	

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	 
	Exhibit A-1 Plan Showing Premises
	Exhibit A-2 Legal Description of Land

	 
	Exhibit B-1 Work Agreement
	Exhibit B-2 Space Plan

	 
	Exhibit C Rules and Regulations
	Exhibit D Secretary’s Certificate

	 
	Exhibit E Commencement Date Memorandum
	 
	 
	 

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

1

OFFICE LEASE

THIS OFFICE LEASE (“Lease”) is made as of the 27th day of May, 2015 (“Lease Date”), by and between RAND BUILDING, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and  OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”).

I.  BASIC LEASE INFORMATION AND DEFINITIONS

1.1    Premises. 12,462 Rentable Square Feet (as defined in Section 1.22) known as Suite 500 and includes the entire fifth (5th) floor of the Building (as defined in Section 1.16), as outlined on Exhibit A-1.

1.2    Commencement Date.  The earlier of the date of Substantial Completion (as defined in Exhibit B-1) of the Tenant Work (as defined in Exhibit B-1), which is estimated to be September 1, 2015, or the date Tenant occupies the Premises, subject to Section 3.1.  Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in substantially the form attached as Exhibit E.  

1.3    Expiration Date.  The date that is sixty (60) months following the Commencement Date, which is estimated to be August 31, 2020; provided, however, the Expiration Date shall be extended by the number of days necessary to provide for an Expiration Date on the last calendar day of the month of expiration.
    
1.4    Term.  Sixty (60) months from the Commencement Date plus the number of days necessary to provide for an Expiration Date on the last calendar day of the month of expiration.

1.5    Rent; Basic Rent; Additional Rent.  

		
	(a)
	“Basic Rent” means the amounts set forth in the following schedule: 

	
					
	Month(s)
	 
	Annual Rate
	 
	Monthly

	 
	 
	Per RSF
	 
	Basic Rent

	Months 1-12
	 
	$10.00
	 
	$10,385.00

	Months 13-24
	 
	$10.30
	 
	$10,696.55

	Months 25-36
	 
	$10.61
	 
	$11,018.49

	Months 37-48
	 
	$10.93
	 
	$11,350.81

	Months 49-60
	 
	$11.26
	 
	$11,693.51

(b)    “Additional Rent” means Operating Expense Rent (as defined in Section 4.3), Parking Rent (as defined in Section 1.9) and all other sums payable by Tenant under this Lease, other than Basic Rent.  

(c)    “Rent” means Basic Rent and Additional Rent, collectively, and is payable in accordance with Section 4.1, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Lease.  As of the Lease Date, Landlord’s current estimate of the monthly installment of Operating Expense Rent that will be due from Tenant as of the Commencement Date is $12,462.00.  

1.6    Security Deposit; Advanced Rent Payment.  The Security Deposit is $24,155.51 (the Base Rent for the last month plus the estimated Additional Rent).  Upon execution and delivery of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver the Security Deposit and $22,847.00 (“Advanced Rent Payment”) comprised of the installment of the Basic Rent in the amount of $10,385.00 and the installment of Additional Rent in the amount of $12,462.00 due for the first full calendar month of the Term in which Basic Rent and Additional Rent, respectively, are due.

1

1.7    Tenant’s Proportionate Share.  Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Project (as defined in Section 1.21) is 10.81% (determined by dividing the Rentable Square Feet of the Premises by the Rentable Square Feet of the Project and multiplying the resulting quotient by one hundred and rounding to the second decimal place).

1.8    Parking Space Allocation.  Tenant’s Parking Space Allocation is comprised as follows:  Tenant’s agents, invitees, employees, customers and students will have the right to park passenger vehicles in up to a maximum of sixty (60) parking spaces (the “Student Garage Spaces”) within the Parking Garage (as defined in Section 1.20) as follows:  (i) up to twenty-five (25) employees, customers and students of Tenant will have the right to park in the Parking Garage from and after 5:30 p.m., San Antonio, Texas time, each day; and (ii) up to an additional thirty-five (35) agents, invitees, employees, customers and students of Tenant will have the right to park in the Parking Garage from and after 6:30 p.m., San Antonio, Texas time, each day.  In addition to the Student Garage Spaces, Tenant’s agents, invitees, employees and/or instructors will have the right to park passenger vehicles in up to a maximum of ten (10) non-reserved parking spaces (the “Instructor Garage Spaces”) in the Parking Garage at any time during the day and/or evening (i.e., without any time restriction).   

1.9    Parking Rent.  For and in consideration of the rights of Tenant and Tenant’s agents, invitees, employees, instructors, customers and students to park in the Student Garage Spaces and the Instructor Garage Spaces, Tenant will pay the following monthly fees to Landlord:  (a) $20.00 per month for each of the Student Garage Spaces; and (b) the prevailing monthly contract rate for the Instructor Garage Spaces, as prevailing from time to time, plus state and local taxes (the “Parking Rent”).  The current rate is $90.00 per space per month for each of the Instructor Garage Spaces.  In connection with the foregoing, but without limiting the maximum number of parking spaces reserved for Tenant’s use during the term of this Lease as set forth herein above, for and with respect to each calendar quarter during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible and liable to pay the Parking Rent for, and Tenant and Tenant’s agents, invitees, employees, instructors, customers, students, and visitors shall have the right to use, only the number of Student Garage Spaces and Instructor Garage Spaces specified by Tenant in a written notice (each, a “Parking Notice”) provided by Tenant to Landlord’s Parking Contact (defined below) via email at least forty-five (45) days prior to the first day of each calendar quarter during the term of this Lease.  If Tenant fails to deliver a Parking Notice as aforesaid at least forty-five (45) days prior to the first day of any calendar quarter during the term of this Lease, then, for and with respect to any such calendar quarter, Tenant shall be deemed to require use of sixty (60) Student Garage Spaces and ten (10) Instructor Garage Spaces.  Tenant shall have the right to modify the number of parking spaces specified in any Parking Notice by delivery of written notice to Landlord’s Parking Contact via email at least forty-five (45) days prior to the first day of the relevant calendar quarter.  As used herein, “Landlord’s Parking Contact” means Tammy Cunningham, whose email address is tjames@westoncentre.com.  Landlord may replace Landlord’s Parking Contact at any time during the term of this Lease by providing written notice thereof to Tenant in accordance with Section 19.4 below. The garage access is currently automated and, at all times during the Term, shall be available for use twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.

1.10    Renewal Option.  If Tenant is not in default beyond any notice and opportunity to cure period, Tenant shall have the right to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) years.  The rental rate for the renewal term shall be at the then-current rate for the Rand Building which will be provided to Tenant within ten (10) days following Tenant’s written notice exercising the renewal option (the “Renewal Rate Notice”). Tenant may withdraw its exercise of the renewal option within ten (10) days after its receipt of the Renewal Rate Notice.  Tenant will exercise the renewal option by giving Landlord not less than nine (9) months’ or more than twelve (12) months’ prior written notice before the expiration of the initial term.

1.11    Tenant Work.  Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Tenant Work are set forth in Exhibit B-1.
    
1.12    Broker(s).       Landlord’s:  N/A    Tenant’s:   N/A

1.13    Guarantor(s).        N/A

2

1.14    Landlord’s Notice         
Address.     

	
	
	Rand Building, Ltd.

	c/o Weston Urban, LLC

	112 East Pecan, Suite 100

	San Antonio, TX 78205

	Attention:  Heath Cover

	E-mail: heath@westonurban.com

                            	
			
	With a copy to
	 
	Weston Properties, L.C.

	 
	 
	112 East Pecan, Suite 175

	 
	 
	San Antonio, TX 78205

	 
	 
	Attention:  Tammy Cunningham

	 
	 
	E-mail: tjames@westoncentre.com

1.15    Tenant’s 
Notice Address.    

	
	
	c/o Rackspace US, Inc.

	1 Fanatical Place

	San Antonio, Texas  78218

	Attn: Brian Carney

1.16    Building.  The building having an address of 110 E. Houston Street, San Antonio, TX 78205, containing approximately 105,972 Rentable Square Feet and commonly known as the Rand Building.  

1.17    Land.  The land on which the Building and Parking Garage are located, as more particularly described on Exhibit A-2.  

1.18    Common Area.  All areas from time to time designated by Landlord for the general and nonexclusive common use or benefit of Tenant, other tenants of the Project, and Landlord, including, without limitation, driveways, entrances and exits, loading areas, landscaped areas, open areas, walkways, atriums, concourses, ramps, hallways, stairs, washrooms, lobbies, elevators, Parking Garage, Service Areas (as defined in Section 1.19) and common trash, vending or mail areas.  

1.19    Service Areas. Maintenance and utility rooms and closets, together with common pipes, conduits, wires and appurtenant equipment within such maintenance and utility rooms and closets or elsewhere in the Building or the Parking Garage, exterior lighting, and exterior utility lines.

1.20    Parking Garage.  The adjacent parking garage having an address of 121 Soledad, San Antonio, TX 78205, containing Common Area and approximately 9,317 Rentable Square Feet.  The Parking Garage and the Building are connected for access on the second (2nd) and fifth (5th) floors. 

3

1.21    Project.  The Land, Building, Common Area, and Parking Garage, containing approximately 115,289 Rentable Square Feet.

1.22    Rentable Square Feet (Foot) or Rentable Area.  The rentable area within the Premises, Building or Project deemed to be the amounts set forth in this Article I.  Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises, Building, Parking Garage and Project are correct and shall not be remeasured, except as provided in Section 2.2.  

1.23    Permitted Use.  Solely for general business office purposes and uses incidental thereto, and provision of IT-related educational courses to the public, subject to and in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease, and applicable governmental regulations, restrictions and permitting (without the necessity of obtaining any zoning changes, conditional use permits or other special permits).
    
1.24    Lease Year.  Each consecutive 12 month period elapsing after: (i) the Commencement Date if the Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a month; or (ii) the first day of the month following the Commencement Date if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a month.  If the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a month, the first Lease Year shall include the additional days, if any, between the Commencement Date and the first day of the month following the Commencement Date.
    
1.25    Calendar Year.  For the purpose of this Lease, Calendar Year shall be a period of 12 months commencing on each January 1 during the Term, except that the first Calendar Year shall be the period starting on the Commencement Date and ending on December 31 of that same year, and the last Calendar Year shall be the period starting on the last January 1 of the Term through the Expiration Date or earlier termination.

1.26    Interest Rate.  The per annum interest rate listed as the U.S. “prime” rate as published from time to time under “Money Rates” in the Wall Street Journal plus 5%, but in no event greater than the maximum rate permitted by law, statute, ordinance or govern-mental rule or regulation which is now in force or which may be enacted or promulgated after the Lease Date (“Law”).  In the event the Wall Street Journal ceases to publish such rates, Landlord shall choose, at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, a similarly published rate.

1.27    Agents.     Officers, partners, directors, employees, agents, licensees, contractors, customers and invitees; to the extent customers and invitees are under the principal’s control or direction. 

II.  PREMISES

2.1    Lease of Premises.  Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord, for the Term and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.  As an appurtenance to the Premises, Tenant shall have the general and nonexclusive right, together with Landlord and the other tenants of the Project, to use the Common Area subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease; provided, however, except to the extent Landlord’s prior written approval is obtained, Landlord excepts and reserves exclusively to itself the use of roofs and Service Areas.   Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Premises is one of two floors in the Building that has an access connection to the Parking Garage.  Tenant further acknowledges that other tenants, their employees and invitees may access the Building from the Parking Garage on the fifth (5th) floor and proceed from that point to other areas of the Building.  Tenant covenants that Tenant or Tenant’s employees or agents will not block such other tenants, their employees and invitees from accessing the Building or the Parking Garage through the Fifth Floor Common Area (defined in Section 15.9). 

2.2    Quiet Enjoyment; Landlord’s Reservations.  Landlord covenants that so long as there is no uncured Event of Default, Tenant shall during the Term peaceably and quietly occupy and enjoy possession of the Premises and, except in the event of an emergency, have access to the Premises and the Parking Garage on all days and at all 

4

times during the Term, without hindrance by Landlord or any party claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Lease, any restrictions effective as of the Lease Date, any Mortgage or Ground Lease (as such terms are defined in Section 17.1) to which this Lease is subordinate and Landlord’s reservations under this Lease.  Provided Tenant’s use of, and access to, the Premises and Parking Garage is not materially adversely affected, Landlord reserves the right from time to time to: (i) install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and in the central core areas of the Project; (ii) make changes to the design and layout of the Project; (iii) use or close temporarily the Common Areas, and/or other portions of the Project while engaged in making improvements, repairs or changes to the Project; (iv) change the name(s) of the Project, the Building or the Parking Garage; and (v) adjust the Rentable Square Footage of the Project, the Building and the Parking Garage, in which case Landlord shall deliver notice to Tenant of the adjustment in Rentable Square Footage and any associated adjustment to Tenant’s Proportionate Share based on the formula set forth in Section 1.7. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall not make any modifications to the Parking Garage which would reduce Tenant’s Parking Space Allocation. Further, in the event of invasion, mob, riot, or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, Landlord will have the right to prevent access to the Building or Project during the continuance of the same by such means as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, locking doors and closing Common Areas.

2.3    Initial Construction.  If Landlord is obligated to construct any improvements within the Premises then such construction shall be governed by the terms of the Work Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B-1.  Subject to any obligation of Landlord to construct Tenant Work (as defined in Exhibit B-1) and except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Landlord shall have no obligations whatsoever to construct any improvements to the Premises and Tenant accepts the Premises “AS IS” and “with any and all faults”, and Landlord neither makes nor has made any representations or warranties, express or implied, with respect to the quality, suitability or fitness thereof of the Premises or the Project, or the condition or repair thereof.  Subject to any obligation of Landlord to construct Tenant Work (as defined in Exhibit B-1) and except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Tenant taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence for all purposes of Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises in good order and satisfactory condition, and in a state and condition satisfactory, acceptable and suitable for the Tenant’s use pursuant to this Lease.  

2.4    Tenant's Security.  Tenant will (1) lock the doors to the Premises (other than doors leading from outside the Premises to the Fifth Floor Common Area) and take other reasonable steps to secure the Premises (other than the Fifth Floor Common Area) and Tenant’s Property and the personal property of Tenant’s Agents in the Common Areas and Parking Garage, from unlawful intrusion, theft, fire, and other hazards, (2) keep and maintain in good working order all security devices installed on the Premises (other than in the Fifth Floor Common Area) by or for the benefit of Tenant (such as locks, smoke detectors, and burglar alarms), and (3) cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the Building on security matters. Tenant acknowledges that any security measures employed by Landlord or any Parking Operator (as defined in Section 4.3.3(a)) are for the protection of Landlord; that Landlord is not a responsible for the security or safety of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents or their property; and that such security matters are the responsibility of Tenant and the local law enforcement authorities. Following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), Tenant is permitted to install, at Tenant’s expense, any additional security measures deemed necessary by Tenant in Tenant’s reasonable discretion including, without limitation, a key-card entry system; provided, however, such security measures shall not prevent Landlord from accessing the Premises to the extent permitted under Article VII.       

III.  TERM

3.1    Commencement Date.  The Term shall commence on the Commencement Date and expire at 11:59 pm on the Expiration Date.  If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall permit Tenant non-exclusive access (“Early Access Right”) to portions of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the limited purpose (“Early Access Activities”) of installing Cabling (as defined in Section 11.3) and Tenant’s equipment, furniture, inventory, trade fixtures and other personal property (collectively, “Tenant Property”); provided however, Tenant’s Early Access Right shall not 

5

commence until approximately thirty (30) days prior to the Commencement Date.  Any access by Tenant to the Premises before the Commencement Date, whether pursuant to the Early Access Right or otherwise, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease; provided, however, except for the cost of services requested by Tenant, Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent for any days of possession before the Commencement Date during which Tenant is in possession of the Premises for the sole purpose of the Early Access Activities.  Tenant’s early access shall be conditioned upon Tenant’s coordination of the Early Access Activities with Landlord so as not to interfere with Landlord or with other occupants of the Building.  If Landlord, in its sole reasonable discretion, determines that any such interference has been or may be caused, then Landlord may terminate any access by Tenant to the Premises prior to Commencement Date upon written notice to Tenant.  

3.2    Surrender of the Premises.  Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises to Landlord on the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, in broom-clean condition and in as good condition as on the Commencement Date, including, without limitation, the repair of any damage to the Premises caused by the removal of any Alterations (as defined in Section 11.1) and Tenant Property from the Premises, except for Casualty damage that is Landlord’s responsibility to repair under Section 16.1 and reasonable wear and tear. If Tenant fails to remove the Alterations required to be removed hereunder and Tenant Property,  and repair and restore the Premises and Project as required under this Section 3.2, then Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) remove, repair and restore such Alterations and Tenant Property, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the cost incurred by Landlord for such removal, repair and restoration (together with any and all damages which Landlord may suffer and sustain by reason of the failure of Tenant to remove, repair and restore the same).  All Alterations and Tenant Property left on or in the Premises or the Project after the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease will be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned and may be removed, sold, stored, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant or any other person and without obligation to account for them; provided, however, Tenant will pay Landlord upon demand for all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the same.  Tenant’s obligations under this Section 3.2 will survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. 

3.3    Holding Over.  In the event that Tenant fails to immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord on the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with Section 3.2, Tenant shall be deemed to be a tenant-at-sufferance (and not a month-to-month tenancy) pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Lease, except the daily Basic Rent shall be 150% of the daily Rent in effect on the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease (computed on the basis of a 30-day month) for the first 60 days of the holdover period and, thereafter, twice the daily Rent in effect on the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease (computed on the basis of a 30-day month).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant shall hold over after the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the Premises without process, or by any legal process provided under applicable Texas Law.  If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to a new tenant or to perform improvements for a new tenant as a result of Tenant’s holdover, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all damages, including, without limitation, special or consequential damages, that Landlord suffers from the holdover.  

IV. RENT

4.1    Basic Rent; Additional Rent; Rent.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord Basic Rent in monthly installments in the amounts specified in Section 1.5, Operating Expense Rent in estimated monthly installments in accordance with Section 4.3.1, and Parking Rent in monthly installments in the amounts specified in Section 1.9.   Unless otherwise set forth in the Lease, such monthly installments of Rent shall be payable, in advance, without demand, notice, deduction, offset or counterclaim except as specifically provided herein, on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term.  Landlord may credit any payment of Rent made by Tenant to the payment of any late charges then due and payable and to any Basic Rent or Additional Rent then past due before crediting to Basic Rent and Additional Rent currently due. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent and the obligation of Tenant to perform Tenant’s other covenants and duties hereunder constitute independent, unconditional obligations to be performed at all times provided for hereunder, save and except only when an abatement thereof or reduction therein is expressly provided for in this Lease and not otherwise.  

6

4.2    Method of Payment.  Tenant shall pay Rent electronically via automatic debit, ACH credit or wire transfer to such account as Landlord designates in writing to Tenant.  Alternatively, at Tenant’s option, Tenant may pay by good check or in lawful currency of the United States of America to such address as Landlord designates in writing to Tenant.  If the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the monthly Rent shall be prorated based upon the number of days in such calendar month.

(a)    
	
	
	If Rent is paid by check, send to:

	 

	Attn: 

	 

	 

	Account No: 

	Account Name: 

(b)
	
	
	If Rent is paid by wire transfer:

	 

	Bank Name: 

	Account No: 

	Account Name: 

4.3    Additional Rent for Operating Expenses.  Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord throughout the Term Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses (as defined in Section 4.3.3) (“Operating Expense Rent”).  In the event the Expiration Date is other than the last day of a Calendar Year, Operating Expense Rent for applicable Calendar Year shall be appropriately prorated.  Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may equitably allocate Operating Expenses among office, retail or other portions or occupants of the Project.  

4.3.1    Estimate Statement.  Approximately 90 days after the beginning of each Calendar Year or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall submit a statement of Landlord’s estimate of Operating Expense Rent due from Tenant during such Calendar Year.  In addition to Basic Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on or before the first day of each month during such Calendar Year an amount equal to 1/12th of Landlord’s estimated Operating Expense Rent as set forth in Landlord’s statement.  If Landlord fails to give Tenant notice of its estimated payments due for any Calendar Year, then Tenant shall continue making monthly estimated Operating Expense Rent payments in accordance with the estimate for the previous Calendar Year until a new estimate is provided.  If Landlord determines that Landlord’s estimate of the Operating Expense Rent needs to be adjusted, then Landlord shall have the right to give a new statement of the estimated Operating Expense Rent due from Tenant for the balance of such Calendar Year and bill Tenant for any deficiency.  Tenant shall thereafter pay monthly estimated payments based on such new statement.   

4.3.2    Reconciliation Statement.  Approximately 120 days after the expiration of each Calendar Year or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall submit a statement to Tenant showing the actual Operating Expenses Rent due from Tenant for such Calendar Year.  If for any Calendar Year, Tenant’s estimated Operating Expense Rent payments exceed the actual Operating Expense Rent due from Tenant, then Landlord shall give Tenant a credit in the amount of the overpayment toward Tenant’s next monthly payment of estimated Rent.  If the Term has expired or the 

7

Lease has terminated, and no Event of Default (as defined in Section 18.1) exists, Landlord shall pay Tenant the total amount of such excess upon delivery of the reconciliation to Tenant.  If for any Calendar Year, Tenant’s estimated Operating Expense Rent payments are less than the actual Operating Expense Rent, as applicable, due from Tenant, then Tenant shall pay the total amount of such deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after receipt of the reconciliation from Landlord.  Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations with respect to any overpayment or underpayment of Operating Expense Rent shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.  

4.3.3    Operating Expenses Defined.  As used herein, the term “Operating Expenses” means all expenses, costs and disbursements of every kind and nature, except for the exclusions set forth in Section 4.3.4), incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Project, including, without limitation, all costs, expenses and disbursements incurred or made in connection with the following:

(a)    Wages and salaries of all employees, whether employed by Landlord or any  management companies (each a “Manager”) managing the Project (“Property Manager”) or the Parking Garage (“Parking Operator”) on Landlord’s behalf, to the extent engaged in the operation, security, management and maintenance of the Project or Parking Garage, as applicable, and all costs related to or associated with such employees or the carrying out of their duties, including uniforms and their cleaning, taxes, training, insurance and benefits;

(b)    A commercially reasonable management fee payable to Landlord or any Manager and the costs of equipping and maintaining a management office, including, but not limited to, rent, accounting, consulting and legal fees, and other administrative costs; 

(c)    All supplies, tools, equipment and materials, including, without limitation, administrative, janitorial and lighting supplies and any equipment lease payments to the extent used in connection with the maintenance or operation of the Project; 

(d)    All utilities, including, without limitation, electricity, water, sewer, telephone  and gas, for the Project, together with the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm-drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; 

(e)    All maintenance, together with associated maintenance, operating and service agreements, for the Project, including, without limitation, for (i) the Parking Garage, (ii) energy management, Base Building HVAC (as defined in Section 8.1), sanitary, storm-water drainage, elevator, mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems, (iii) window cleaning, (iv) janitorial service, (v) groundskeeping, interior and exterior landscaping and plant maintenance; (vi) repainting Common Areas, (vii) replacing Common Area wall coverings, window coverings, ceiling tiles and flooring, (viii) ice and snow removal, (ix) cleaning and servicing of any Project grease trap, (x) trash removal and (xi) the patching, painting, resealing and complete resurfacing of parking spaces in the Parking Garage and the Project’s roads, driveways, curbs, and walkways; 
    
(f)    Premiums and deductibles paid for insurance relating to the Project;

(g)    All repairs to the Project, including interior, exterior, roof, structural or nonstructural repairs, and regardless of whether foreseen or unforeseen;

(h)     Any capital improvements made to the Project for the purpose of reducing Operating Expenses, enhancing the environmental sustainability, safety or security of the Project, or which are required under any Law that was not applicable to the Project as of the Lease Date, the cost of which shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the improvement’s useful life, not to exceed the Project’s useful life, together with interest on the unamortized balance of such cost at the Interest Rate, or, if lower, such rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purposes of making such capital improvements, or, at Landlord’s election in the case of capital improvements that lower operating costs, the amortization amount will be the Landlord’s reasonable estimate of annual cost savings; 

8

(i)    All licenses, permits, and inspection fees, together with the cost of contesting any Laws that may affect Operating Expenses and the costs of complying with any governmentally-mandated transportation-management or similar program; 

(j)    Real Estate Taxes; and 

(k)    Any dues, fees and assessments incurred under any covenants, reciprocal easement agreement or traffic management agreement or assessed by an owners’ association pursuant to the extent related to the operation or maintenance of the Project. 

If the Project is not 100% occupied during any Calendar Year or if Landlord is not supplying services to 100% of the Project at any time during a Calendar Year, Operating Expenses shall, at Landlord’s option, be determined as if the Project had been 100% occupied and Landlord had been supplying services to 100% of the Project during the Calendar Year.  The extrapolation of Operating Expenses under this provision shall be performed by appropriately adjusting the cost of those components of Operating Expenses that are impacted by changes in the occupancy of the Project.

4.3.4    Operating Expense Exclusions. Operating Expenses shall not include the following:  (a) depreciation;  (b) costs of tenant improvements incurred in renovating leased space for the exclusive use of a particular tenant of the Project; (c) brokers’ commissions and costs for marketing space in the Project; (d) Project mortgage principal or interest; (e) capital items other than those referred to in Section 4.3.3(h); (f) costs of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds; (g) utilities charged directly to, or paid directly by, a tenant of the Project other than as a part of the Operating Expenses; (h) fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment of Operating Expenses; (i) organizational expenses associated with the creation and operation of the entity which constitutes Landlord; (j) any penalties or damages that Landlord pays to Tenant under this Lease or to other tenants in the Project under their respective leases; (k) costs of selling, financing or refinancing the Building; (l) legal fees, accounting fees or other professional or consulting fees in connection with the negotiation of tenant leases; (m) costs incurred (less costs of recovery) for any items to the extent covered by a manufacturer's, materialmen's, vendor's or contractor's warranty and/or a service contract; (n) any cost incurred in connection with the investigation or remediation of any "Hazardous Materials" (as defined in Section 9.2, below) located in, on, under or about the Premises as of the date hereof or any Hazardous Materials not stored, used, or released by Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, and any cost incurred in connection with any government investigation, order, proceeding or report with respect thereto; (o) costs of initial construction of the Project, including the “Cost of the Tenant Work” (as defined in Exhibit B-1); (p) the cost of repairs required, or costs incurred, to cure violations of laws enacted and applicable to the Project existing prior to the date of this Lease; (q) damages and the cost of repairs necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, or any tenant, employee, agent, contractor or vendor of Landlord; (r) the cost of incremental expense to Landlord incurred by Landlord in curing its defaults or any other cost attributable to a breach of any obligation of Landlord under this Lease; (s) legal fees, accounting fees, and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with disputes with tenants or occupants of the Building or associated with the enforcement of the terms of any leases with tenants or with any tenant default under any such leases, or the defense of Landlord's title or interest in the Project or any part thereof; (t) any operating costs incurred by Landlord to the extent the same are not for the benefit of the Project or equitably allocable to the Project, as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with sound accounting and property management practices and pursuant to the terms of this Lease; (u) costs for which Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or any third party, other than payments by tenants on account of Operating Expenses; (v) amounts paid to Landlord or Landlord's subsidiaries or affiliates for goods and services furnished to the Project to the extent in substantial excess of competitive market rates for the same; (w) Landlord's general overhead, except as it relates specifically to the management and operation of the Project; (x) the cost of acquiring sculptures, paintings and other objects of art; (y) the costs of installing or operating any specialty service, such as an observatory, broadcasting facility, meeting room, conference center, special event space, luncheon club or athletic or recreational club; or (z) compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord which customarily sell products or services to the public, including tenants of the Building.   

9

4.3.5    Real Estate Taxes.  “Real Estate Taxes” means all federal, state, county or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges, assessments, levies, licenses or other impositions, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, that are paid or accrued during a Calendar Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing or operation of the Project.  Real Estate Taxes shall include (a) real property taxes; (b) general and special assessments; (c) transit taxes; (d) leasehold taxes; (e) personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project; (f) any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from any portion of the Project or as against the business of leasing any portion of the Project; (g) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge imposed by any governmental agency, public improvement district or by any non-governmental entity pursuant to any private cost-sharing agreement, in order to fund the provision or enhancement of any fire-protection, street-, sidewalk- or road-maintenance, refuse-removal or other service that is normally provided by governmental agencies to property owners or occupants without charge (other than through real property taxes); and (h) margin taxes on revenue or income derived from the Project (“Margin Tax”) and any other assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge allocable or measured by the area of the Premises or by the Rent payable hereunder, including any business, gross income, gross receipts, sales or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such Rent.  Any costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in the compliance review of Real Estate Taxes or attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Real Estate Taxes shall be included in Real Estate Taxes for the year in which they are incurred.  Landlord shall have no obligation to challenge Real Estate Taxes.  If as a result of any such challenge, a tax refund is made to Landlord, then provided no Event of Default exists under this Lease, the amount of such refund less the expenses of the challenge shall be deducted from Real Estate Taxes due in the Calendar Year such refund is received; provided however that any tax refund shall be only applicable if this Lease was in force during the time period that the tax refund applies.  In the case of any Real Estate Taxes which may be evidenced by improvement or other bonds or which may be paid in annual or other periodic installments, Landlord shall elect to cause such bonds to be issued or cause such assessment to be paid in installments over the maximum period permitted by Law.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Real Estate Taxes shall be determined without regard to any “green building” credit and shall exclude (i) except for the Margin Tax, all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, transfer taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any Operating Expenses and (iii) any taxes paid by Tenant directly on Tenant’s Property.  Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under Section 41.413 of the Texas Tax Code and any other applicable Laws to protest appraised values or to receive notice of reappraised values regarding the Project or other property of Landlord.

4.4    Sales or Excise Taxes.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, concurrently with payment of Basic Rent all taxes, including, but not limited to any and all sales, rent or excise taxes (but specifically excluding income taxes calculated upon the net income of Landlord) on Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other amounts otherwise benefiting Landlord, as levied or assessed by any governmental or political body or subdivision thereof against Landlord on account of such Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other amounts otherwise benefiting Landlord, or any portion thereof.

4.5    Method of Calculation.  Tenant is knowledgeable and experienced in commercial transactions and does hereby acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Lease for determining charges and amounts payable by Tenant are commercially reasonable and valid and constitute satisfactory methods for determining such charges and amounts as required by Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code.  TENANT FURTHER VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES (TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) ALL RIGHTS AND BENEFITS OF TENANT UNDER SUCH SECTION, AS IT NOW EXISTS OR AS IT MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR SUCCEEDED.

4.6    Tenant’s Personal Property Taxes.  Tenant shall pay, 10 days before delinquency, any taxes levied against Tenant Property located in or about the Premises.  If any such taxes are levied against Landlord or its property (or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such Tenant 

10

Property), Landlord may pay such taxes (or such increased assessment) regardless of their (or its) validity, in which event Tenant, upon demand, shall repay to Landlord the amount so paid.  If the Tenant Work or Alterations are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, the Real Estate Taxes levied against Landlord or the Property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed taxes levied against Tenant Property for purposes of this Section 4.6.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant shall pay, 10 days before delinquency, (i) any rent tax, sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other tax respecting the rent or services described herein or otherwise respecting this transaction or this Lease; and (ii) any taxes assessed upon the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of any portion of the Project.

4.7    Historical Status of the Project.  Landlord may from time to time seek tax credits, abatements and other similar incentives based on the historic status of the Building and all such incentives shall inure to the benefit of Landlord; provided that any reduction in, or credit with respect to, ad valorem taxes resulting therefrom shall proportionately reduce Tenant’s contribution with respect to ad valorem taxes.

V.  SECURITY DEPOSIT

Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit, if any, as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder.  If Tenant breaches any provision hereof, Landlord may, at its option, without notice to Tenant, apply all or part of the Security Deposit to pay any past-due Rent, cure any breach by Tenant, compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage caused by such breach or remedy the condition of the Premises.  If Landlord so applies any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant, within three (3) days after demand therefor, shall restore the Security Deposit to its original amount.  The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or measure of damages.  Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant within 30 days after the latest to occur of (a) the expiration of the Term, (b) Tenant’s surrender of the Premises as required hereunder, or (c) Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of notice of Tenant’s forwarding address.  Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.  The Security Deposit shall not bear interest to Tenant.  If Landlord shall sell or transfer its interest in the Building, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to such purchaser or transferee, in which event Tenant shall look solely to the new landlord for the return of the Security Deposit, and Landlord thereupon shall be released from all liability to Tenant for the return of the Security Deposit, subject only to delivery to Tenant of any notice required under the Texas Property Code.

VI.  PARKING

During the Term, Tenant shall pay the Parking Rent for the Parking Space Allocation and shall have the right to use the Parking Space Allocation in common with other tenants in the Building and other parties to whom Landlord grants the right to park in the Parking Garage.  All parking rights are subject to the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Article XIV), validation, key-card, sticker or other identification systems set forth by Landlord from time to time.  Landlord may restrict certain portions of or parking spaces in the Parking Garage for the exclusive use of one or more tenants of the Building and may designate other areas to be used at large by customers and visitors of tenants of the Building and other parties to whom Landlord grants the right to park in the Parking Garage.  Landlord reserves the right, but shall not be obligated, to impose traffic controls, provide security protection and delegate the operation of the Parking Garage to a Parking Operator.  If Landlord delegates the operation of the Parking Garage to a Parking Operator, then (i) such Parking Operator shall have all the rights of control reserved herein by Landlord and (ii) if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall enter into a parking agreement with such Parking Operator pursuant to which Tenant shall pay such Parking Operator, rather than Landlord, the Parking Rent.  Tenant’s parking rights and privileges described herein are personal to Tenant and may not be assigned or transferred, except in connection with an assignment or sublease approved by Landlord pursuant to Article XIII.  Landlord shall have the right to cause to be removed at the vehicle owner’s cost any vehicles of Tenant or its Agents that are parked in violation of this Lease or in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Building, without Landlord becoming liable to Tenant or Tenant’s Agents for any 

11

injury or damage caused in connection with such removal.  Tenant’s inability to use the Parking Space Allocation will not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under the Lease.  

VII.  RIGHT OF ENTRY

Tenant shall permit Landlord, Property Manager and their respective Agents to enter the Premises without charge therefor to Landlord and without diminution of Rent or claim of constructive eviction: (i) to clean, inspect and protect the Premises and the Project; (ii) to perform such maintenance and repairs to the Premises or any portion of the Building, including other tenants’ premises, which Landlord determines to be reasonably necessary; (iii) to exhibit the same to prospective purchaser(s) of the Building or the Project to present or future Mortgagees or Ground Lessors; (iv) to exhibit the same to prospective tenants during the last 9 months of the Term; (v) or during any period when an Event of Default exists.  Landlord will endeavor to minimize, as reasonably practicable, any interference with Tenant’s business and shall provide Tenant with prior notice of entry into the Premises (which may be given verbally or via email), except with respect to the provision of janitorial services after Normal Business Hours (as defined in the Rules and Regulations) or in the event of an apparent emergency condition arising within or affecting the Premises that endangers or threatens to endanger property or the safety of individuals.  Tenant may, at its option, require that Landlord be accompanied by a representative of Tenant during any such entry, excluding any emergency and the provision of janitorial services, provided that such representative of Tenant does not interfere with or delay Landlord exercising its rights or satisfying its obligations under this Lease.  
        
VIII.  SERVICES AND UTILITIES

8.1    Ordinary Services to the Premises.  Landlord shall furnish to the Premises throughout the Term so long as the Premises are occupied:  (i) the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning system serving the Building (“Base Building HVAC”) in such quantity and of such quality, and in temperature ranges and at such humidity levels, as are consistent with comparable office buildings in San Antonio, Texas, at such time periods as required by Tenant (including, for the avoidance of doubt, after Normal Business Hours), as determined by Tenant in its sole and absolute discretion and specified by Tenant from time to time in writing to Landlord; (ii) reasonable janitorial service five days per week (less any legal holidays observed by the federal government), including trash removal from the Premises; (iii) reasonable use of all existing basic intra-Building telephone and network cabling; (iv) water supplied by the applicable public utility from points of supply for Building standard use; (v) Common Area restrooms; (vi) elevator service; and (vii) electricity for Building standard lighting, personal computers, printers, copiers and other customary business equipment, but not including electricity required for Supplemental HVAC (as defined in Section 8.3) and any other equipment of Tenant that exceeds the Building standard electrical design load or the capacity of the Project’s feeders, risers or wiring installation (“Excess Electricity Use”).  The cost of all services provided by Landlord hereunder shall be included within Operating Expenses, unless charged directly (and not as a part of Operating Expenses) to Tenant or another tenant of the Project.  Landlord may establish reasonable measures to conserve energy and water.  

8.2    HVAC Service.  As the electricity for the Premises Base Building HVAC is separately metered, there shall be no additional charge for after-hours use (without limitation of Tenant’s Separately-Metered Utility Use reimbursement to Landlord).   

8.3    Separate Meters.  Without first obtaining Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall not install or operate in the Premises (i) any equipment or other machinery that may generate or require Excess Electricity Use or use of water or Base Building HVAC in excess of Building standard; (ii) any equipment or machinery that will require any changes to plumbing, Base Building HVAC, electrical or life-safety systems serving the Building; or (iii) any equipment which exceeds the floor load capacity per square foot for the Building.  Landlord’s consent to such installation or operation may be conditioned upon the payment by Tenant of additional compensation for any excess consumption of utilities and any additional power, wiring, cooling or other service that may result from such equipment. At Landlord’s expense, Landlord shall install separate meters (“Meters”) as a part of the Tenant Work in order to measure Tenant’s utility usage (“Separately-Metered Utility Use”) in the Premises, including, without limitation, Excess Electricity Use and use of water or Base Building HVAC, including, without limitation, for any computer server rooms in the Premises 

12

and for heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems used by Tenant in addition to Base Building HVAC (“Supplemental HVAC”).  Tenant shall pay Landlord, within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery of an invoice, the cost of any Separately-Metered Utility Use, including any costs of operating and maintaining any Meters or other equipment that is installed in order to supply or measure such Separately-Metered Utility Use.

8.4    Additional Services.  Should Tenant desire any other additional services beyond those described in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 or pursuant to Section 8.3, Landlord may (at Landlord's option), if requested by Tenant with reasonable prior notice to Landlord, furnish such services, and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord upon demand Landlord's additional expenses resulting therefrom.  Landlord may, from time to time during the Term, set a charge for such additional services, or a per hour charge for additional or after hours service which shall include the utility, service, labor, and administrative costs and a cost for depreciation of the equipment used to provide such additional or after hours service. At Tenant’s expense payable to Landlord, within thirty (30) days of demand, Landlord shall also have the right to install and operate any machinery or equipment that Landlord considers reasonably necessary to restore the temperature balance between the Premises and the rest of the Building, including equipment which modifies the Base Building HVAC, if Landlord determines that the density of staff in the Premises exceeds the density limitations set forth in the Rules and Regulations or that the electricity used by Tenant materially affects the temperature otherwise maintained by the Base Building HVAC or generates substantially more heat than that which is normally generated by other tenants in the Building.  In addition, if Tenant installs or operates machines and equipment which cause noise or vibration that is  objectionable to Landlord or any other Project tenant, then Tenant shall install and maintain, at its expense, vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such noise and vibration.  

8.5    Interruption of Utilities or Services. Except as expressly provided in this Section 8.5, neither a Service Interruption (as defined herein) nor Landlord’s exclusion from the Building or Project of any person shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation under this Lease. “Service Interruption” means (a) any failure to furnish, delay in furnishing, discontinuance, or diminution in the quality or quantity of any service Landlord has agreed to supply resulting from any application of any Law, failure of equipment, accident, performance of maintenance, repairs, improvements or alterations, utility interruption or surge, Event of Force Majeure (as defined in Section 19.14), or compliance with any mandatory or voluntary governmental energy conservation or environ-mental protection program.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or a material portion of the Premises is made untenantable for more than five (5) consecutive business days after notice from Tenant to Landlord by a Service Interruption to any service Landlord is obligated to provide under Section 8.1 and such Service Interruption is restricted to the Project, is not caused by an Event of Force Majeure, and can be corrected by Landlord through commercially reasonable efforts, then as Tenant’s sole remedy, Rent shall abate for the period beginning on the day immediately following such 5-business-day period (and shall not be retroactive) and ending on the day such Service Interruption ends, but only in proportion to the percentage of the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises made untenantable and that  Tenant actually ceases to occupy as a result of such Service Interruption.   

8.6    Telephone and Communication Charges.  All telephone and other communication utility service used by Tenant in the Premises shall be paid for directly by Tenant, except to the extent the cost of same is included within Operating Expenses.

IX.  USE AND REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

9.1    Use.  Tenant shall not, and shall not permit Tenant’s Agent’s to, (a) use the Premises for any purpose other than the Permitted Use, (b) do anything in or about the Premises that (i) violates any of the Rules and Regulations or any recorded covenants and restrictions affecting the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises, (ii) damages the reputation of the Project, (iii) interferes with, injures or annoys other occupants of the Project, or (iv) constitutes a nuisance or waste.  Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Laws relating to (a) the operation of its business at the Project, (b) the use, condition, configuration or occupancy of the Premises (except to the extent of Landlord’s obligations under Sections 9.2 and 9.3.1 and under Exhibit B-1 with respect to the Tenant Work), (c) the Building systems located in or exclusively serving the Premises (other than Building systems located in the Fifth Floor Common Area but not exclusively serving the Premises); or (d) the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building 

13

and the Premises.  If, in order to comply with any such Law, Tenant must obtain or deliver any permit, certificate or other document evidencing such compliance, Tenant shall provide a copy of such document to Landlord promptly after obtaining or delivering it.  If a change to any Common Area, the Building structure, or any Building system located outside of and not exclusively serving the Premises becomes required under Law (or if any such requirement is enforced) as a proximate result of any specific Alteration made by or at the request of Tenant (as opposed to changes that would be required as the result of the review of Law requirements by a governmental authority regardless of which alterations or improvements to the Project triggers such a review), the installation of Tenant Property, or any use of the Premises other than general office use, then Landlord shall have the right to make such change and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord the cost of making such change, plus a construction supervision fee in an amount up to 5% of the cost of such change, within 30 days after Landlord’s demand; provided, however, Landlord shall have the option to require Tenant to make such change, in which case Tenant shall make such change promptly upon Landlord’s demand at Tenant’s cost.  

9.2    Hazardous Materials.  Tenant shall not, and shall not permit Tenant’s Agents, to bring on the Premises or the Project, any asbestos, petroleum or petroleum products, used oil, explosives, toxic materials or substances defined as hazardous wastes, hazardous materials or hazardous substances under applicable Laws (“Hazardous Materials”), except for routine office and janitorial supplies used on the Premises and stored in minimal quantities in compliance with all applicable environmental Laws. In the event of any release of Hazardous Materials on, from, under or about the Premises or the Project as the result of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, then Landlord shall have the right to clean up, remove, remediate and repair any contamination or other damage in conformance with the requirements of applicable Law and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord the cost of such work, plus a construction supervision fee in an amount up to 10% of the cost of such work, within 30 days after Landlord’s demand; provided, however, Landlord shall have the option to require Tenant to perform such work, in which case Tenant shall perform such work promptly upon Landlord’s demand at Tenant’s cost.  Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice (a) of any suspected breach of this Section 9.2, (b) upon learning of the release of any Hazardous Materials, or (c) upon receiving any notices from governmental agencies or other parties pertaining to Hazardous Materials present in or otherwise affecting the Premises.  Landlord shall have the right from time to time, but not the obligation, to enter upon the Premises in accordance with Article VII to conduct such inspections and undertake such sampling and testing activities as Landlord deems necessary or desirable to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with this Section 9.2. 

9.3    ADA Compliance.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Sections 9.3.1 and 9.3.2 shall govern the parties’ compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended from time to time, Public Law 101-336; 42 U.S.C. §§12101, et seq. (the foregoing, together with any similar Texas Law governing access for the disabled or handicapped collectively referred to as the “ADA”).

9.3.1    Landlord’s ADA Obligations.  To the extent governmentally required as of the Commencement Date of this Lease, Landlord shall be responsible for the cost of compliance with Title III of the ADA, and such cost shall not be included as an Operating Expense of the Project, with respect to (i) if Landlord is obligated to perform the Tenant Work, then the Tenant Work (as defined in Exhibit B-1) (provided that the cost thereof shall be included in the Cost of the Tenant Work (as defined in Exhibit B-1) and applied to any tenant improvement allowance available for the same; and (ii) any repairs, replacements or alterations to the Common Areas of the Project and the Fifth Floor Common Area.  To the extent governmentally required subsequent to the Commencement Date of this Lease as a result of an amendment to Title III of the ADA or any regulation thereunder enacted subsequent to the Commencement Date of this Lease, Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with Title III of the ADA with respect to any repairs, replacements or alterations to the Common Area of the Project, and such expense shall be included as an Operating Expense of the Project; provided, however, Landlord’s responsibility under this Section 9.3.1 shall not include any repairs, replacements or alterations that are Tenant’s responsibility under Section 9.1 in connection with Alterations.  
        
9.3.2    Tenant’s ADA Obligations.  To the extent governmentally required, Tenant shall be responsible for compliance from and after the Commencement Date and throughout the Term, at its expense, with Titles I and III of the ADA with respect to Tenant’s use of the Premises other than the Fifth Floor Common Area, Alterations to the 

14

Premises made by or at the request of Tenant, those portions of the Premises Tenant is obligated to maintain under Section 10.2 and, to the extent required under Section 9.1, the Common Areas, the Building structure, and any Building system.  Landlord shall have the right to perform any work required to achieve such compliance and Tenant shall pay Additional Rent to Landlord the cost of such work, plus a construction supervision fee in an amount up to 5% of the cost of such work, within 30 days after Landlord’s demand; provided, however, Landlord shall have the option to require Tenant to perform such work, in which case Tenant shall perform such work promptly upon Landlord’s demand at Tenant’s cost.

X.  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
    
10.1    Landlord’s Obligation.  Landlord will maintain, repair and restore in reasonably good order and condition (i) the Common Area; (ii) the mechanical, plumbing, electrical and Base Building HVAC equipment serving the Building; (iii) the structure of the Building (including roof, exterior walls and foundation); (iv) exterior windows of the Building; (v) Building standard lighting; and (vi) the Fifth Floor Common Area.  The cost of such maintenance and repairs to the Building shall be included in the Operating Expenses and paid by Tenant as Operating Expense Rent as provided in Section 4.3; provided, however, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord the cost of any maintenance, repair or restoration necessitated by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its Agents or invitees, plus a construction supervision fee in an amount up to 5% of the cost of such work, within 30 days after Landlord’s demand.  Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord, to deduct the cost of such repairs from any payment owed to Landlord under this Lease, to claim a lien under §91.004(b) of the Texas Property Code or any other Law against the Rent, the Project or Landlord’s property, or to vacate the Premises.

10.2    Tenant’s Obligation.  Subject to Landlord’s express obligations set forth in Section 10.1, Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain the Premises (other than the Fifth Floor Common Area) in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and Casualty governed by the provisions of Section 16.1 excepted.  Tenant’s obligation shall include without limitation the obligation to maintain and repair all (i) interior walls; (ii) floor coverings; (iii) ceilings; (iv) doors; (v) entrances to the Premises (but not entrances leading from outside the Premises to the Fifth Floor Common Area); (vi) Supplemental HVAC systems within the Premises; (vii) private restrooms and kitchens, including hot water heaters, dishwashers, plumbing and similar facilities serving Tenant exclusively; and (viii) Tenant Work and Alterations; provided that Landlord shall be responsible for the maintenance of each of such items in the Fifth Floor Common Area.  Tenant will promptly advise Landlord of any damage Tenant observes to the Premises and, except in the event of an emergency, provide at least 5 days prior notice before commencing any work (including, but not limited to, any maintenance, repairs or Alteration) to remedy such damage in or to the Premises, together with the names, addresses and insurance certificates evidencing compliance with Landlord’s insurance requirements of the general contractor and major mechanical, electrical and plumbing subcontractors for the proposed work.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to perform any such work in which case Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord the cost of such work, plus a construction supervision fee in an amount up to 5% of the cost of such work, within 30 days after Landlord’s demand.  If Landlord does not elect to perform such work and Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for more than 30 days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required in the event of an apparent emergency condition arising within or affecting the Premises that endangers or threatens to endanger property or the safety of individuals), Landlord may, at its option, cause all required maintenance or repairs, restorations or replacements to be made and Tenant shall pay Landlord pursuant to this Section 10.2.  

10.3    Cooling Tower Maintenance. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with at least two (2) weeks written notice before shutting down the Building’s cooling tower for scheduled maintenance.  In the event of an emergency condition in connection with the cooling tower, no prior notice shall be required before Landlord shuts down the cooling tower for repair.

XI.  ALTERATIONS

11.1    Consent to Alterations.  Tenant shall not make or permit any alterations, decorations, additions or improvements of any kind or nature to the Premises or the Project, whether structural or nonstructural, interior, exterior 

15

or otherwise (“Alterations”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. For the avoidance of doubt, “Alterations” do not include the Tenant Work. Landlord may impose any reasonable conditions to its consent, including, without limitation: (a) prior approval of the plans and specifications and contractor(s) with respect to the Alterations; (b) a construction supervision fee up to 5% of the cost of the Alterations; (c) evidence of insurance maintained by the contractor and subcontractors as Landlord may reasonably require; (d) delivery to Landlord of completion affidavits and written mechanic’s and materialmen’s lien waivers signed and acknowledged by all general contractors and major mechanical, electrical and plumbing subcontractors, materialmen and suppliers (which the total amount of the contract or proposed work is $5,000 or more) participating in the Alterations; (e) delivery of permits, certificates of occupancy, “as-built” plans, and equipment manuals; and (f) any security for performance or payment that is reasonably required by Landlord.  

11.2    Performance of Alterations.  Any Alterations made on or about the Premises must be performed (a) in accordance with applicable Laws, any required governmental permits; the plans and specifications approved by Landlord and the terms and provisions of this Lease and (b) in a good and workmanlike manner by the contractor(s) approved by Landlord using material of a quality that is at least equal to the quality designated by Landlord as the minimum standard for the Building.  Landlord may designate reasonable rules, regulations and procedures for the performance of work in the Building and, to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid disruption to the occupants of the Building, shall have the right to designate the time when Alterations may be performed.  If the Alterations are not performed as herein required, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s option, to halt any further Alterations until Tenant remedies any noncompliance or to require Tenant to return the Premises to its condition before such Alterations.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article XI, Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to perform any of Tenant’s requested Alterations, in which case Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord the cost of such Alterations, plus a construction supervision fee in an amount up to 5% of the cost of such work, within 30 days after Landlord’s demand.

11.3    Cabling; Telecommunications.  All computer, telecommunications or other cabling, wiring and associated appurtenances (collectively, “Cabling”) installed by, or on behalf of, Tenant inside any of the interior walls of the Premises, above the ceiling of the Premises, in any portion of the ceiling plenum above or below the Premises, or in any portion of the Common Areas of the Building, including but not limited to any of the shafts or utility rooms of the Building, shall be clearly labeled or otherwise identified as having been installed by Tenant.  All Cabling installed by, or on behalf of, Tenant shall constitute Alterations and must comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and any other applicable fire and safety codes.  Tenant and Tenant’s telecommunications companies, including but not limited to, local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies, shall have no right of access to the Premises or the Project for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems, including but not limited to, voice, video, data, and any other telecommunications services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, and any other transmission systems, for part or all of Tenant’s telecommunications within the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

11.4    Removal of Alterations and Cabling.  Before the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove at Tenant’s expense (a) at Landlord’s option, all Cabling installed by Tenant anywhere in the Premises or the Building to the point of the origin of such Cabling and (b) at Landlord’s election, all or any part of the Alterations, whether made with or without the consent of Landlord.  With respect to any Alterations Landlord does not require to be removed, Tenant shall surrender the Premises, together with such Alterations, in the condition required by Section 3.2.  If Landlord requires the removal of all or part of the Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair any damage to the Premises or the Project caused by such removal and restore the Premises and the Project to the condition required by Section 3.2.  For purposes of this Section 11.4, Alterations are deemed to include any specialized Tenant Work or leasehold improvements, of which Landlord notifies Tenant, at the time of Landlord’s approval of the plans and specifications therefor, must be removed at the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of the Lease (“Specialized Tenant Improvements”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article XI, Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to perform the work to remove any of Tenant’s Cabling and other Alterations Landlord is permitted to designate for removal pursuant to the terms of this Lease, in which case Tenant shall pay as 

16

Additional Rent to Landlord the cost of such removal and associated repairs and restoration, plus a construction supervision fee in an amount up to 5% of the cost of such work, within 30 days after Landlord’s demand. 

11.5    Mechanics’ Liens.  Tenant will pay or cause to be paid all costs and charges for: (i) Alterations and other work done by Tenant or on behalf of Tenant in or to the Premises; and (ii) materials furnished for or in connection with such work.  Tenant shall keep the Project free from any lien arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligation incurred by or on behalf of Tenant.  Tenant will immediately give Landlord written notice of any notice that Tenant receives that any such lien has been or may be filed against the Premises or any part of the Project.  Tenant shall remove any such lien within 10 business days after notice from Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord, without limiting its remedies, may pay the amount necessary to cause such removal, whether or not such lien is valid.  The amount so paid, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, shall be reimbursed by Tenant upon demand.  
XII.  SIGNS

Landlord shall include Tenant’s name in any tenant directory located in the lobby on the first floor of the Building.  If any part of the Premises is located on a multi-tenant floor, Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, shall provide identifying suite signage for Tenant comparable to that provided by Landlord on similar floors in the Building. Tenant may not install without Landlord’s prior reasonable consent (a) any advertisements, notices or signs outside the Premises or visible from outside the Premises or Building, or (b) any window coverings, blinds or similar items that are visible from outside the Premises or Building.  Landlord shall have the right to perform any installations Tenant requests pursuant to this Article XII and to remove any installations made by Tenant in violation of this Article XII, in which case Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord the cost of such installations or removal, as applicable, together with any associated repairs and restoration, plus a construction supervision fee in an amount up to 5% of the cost of such work, within 30 days after Landlord’s demand. Subject to all applicable historical regulations and other applicable sign regulations in the City of San Antonio, Tenant shall be permitted to install signage in the Fifth Floor Common Area (defined in Section 15.9) in the location and pursuant to the plans and specifications reasonably approved by Landlord. 

XIII.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

13.1    Transfer.  Tenant shall not assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise encumber this Lease or sublet or rent (or permit a third party to occupy or use) all or any portion of the Premises (each a “Transfer”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  A Transfer shall also include the following:  (a) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, the withdrawal or change (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of 25% or more of its equity owners within a 12-month period; and (b) in all other cases, any transaction(s) resulting in the acquisition of a Controlling Interest (defined below) by one or more parties that did not own a Controlling Interest immediately before such transaction(s).  As used herein, “Controlling Interest” means any direct or indirect equity or beneficial ownership interest in Tenant that confers upon its holder(s) the direct or indirect power to direct the ordinary management and policies of Tenant, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (but not through the ownership of voting securities listed on a recognized securities exchange).

13.2    Landlord’s Consent.  Within 30 days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer, together with all information required to be delivered by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Section 13.2, Landlord shall:  (i) consent to such proposed Transfer; (ii) refuse such consent; or (iii) elect to terminate this Lease in the event of any Transfer, other than a sublease, in which case Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises that is the subject of the Transfer.  Any Transfer without Landlord’s written consent shall be voidable by Landlord and, at Landlord’s election, constitute an Event of Default.  Without limiting other instances in which Landlord may reasonably withhold consent to a Transfer, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord may withhold consent (a) if an Event of Default exists under this Lease or if an Event of Default would exist but for the pendency of any cure periods provided under Section 18.1; (b) if the proposed rent payable under the sublease is less than prevailing rent rates Landlord is then offering for available space in the Project, or if there is no available space in the Project, the prevailing fair market rates for available space in properties comparable 

17

to the Project in downtown San Antonio, Texas; or (c) if the proposed assignee, sublessee, occupant or other transferee (each “Transferee”)  is (i) a governmental entity; (ii) a person or entity with whom Landlord has negotiated for space in the Project or for whom Landlord has space available in the Project that would meet such person or entity’s needs; (iii) a present tenant in the Project; (iv) a person or entity whose tenancy in the Project would not be a Permitted Use or would violate any exclusivity arrangement which Landlord has with any other tenant; (v) a person or entity of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Project; or (vi) not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under this Lease on the date consent is requested.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) if Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to this Section 13.2 but Tenant does not enter into such Transfer within six (6) months thereafter, such consent shall no longer apply and such Transfer shall not be permitted unless Tenant again obtains Landlord’s consent thereto pursuant and subject to the terms of this Article XIII; and (b) if Landlord unreasonably withholds its consent under this Section 13.2, Tenant’s sole remedies shall be contract damages (subject to Section 19.12) or specific performance, and Tenant waives all other remedies, including any right to terminate this Lease.
13.3    Tenant’s Request for Consent.  If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to Transfer, Tenant will submit in writing to Landlord:  (a) the name and address of the proposed Transferee; (b) a counterpart of the proposed agreement of Transfer; (c) a description of the business and proposed use of the Premises of the proposed Transferee; (d) financial information meeting the requirements of Section 19.17  or other banking, financial or other credit information reasonably sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility and character of the proposed Transferee; (e) executed estoppel certificates from Tenant containing such information as provided in Section 17.2; and (f) any other information reasonably requested by Landlord.
 
13.4    Transfer Requirements.  Every Transfer, regardless of whether Landlord’s consent is required or obtained, shall be subject to the following:

13.4.1    Assumption.  Tenant shall cause the Transferee to expressly assume in writing and agree to perform all of the covenants, duties, and obligations of Tenant under this Lease and such Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable therefore along with Tenant; provided, however, a sublessee’s assumption and liability shall be limited to the portion of the Premises and Term covered sublease.
13.4.2    Primary Liability.  In any case where Landlord consents to a Transfer, Tenant and any Guarantor shall remain jointly and primarily liable for the performance of all of the covenants, and obligations of Tenant under this Lease, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay all Rent and other sums herein provided to be paid.  Landlord shall not have any obligation to make demand upon or proceed in any way against the Transferee before proceeding against Tenant or Guarantor.  Neither the consent by Landlord to Transfer nor the collection or acceptance by Landlord of rent from the Transferee shall be construed as a waiver or release of the initial Tenant or any Guarantor from the terms and conditions of this Lease or relieve Tenant or Transferee from obtaining the consent in writing of Landlord to any further Transfer.

13.4.3    Payment of Rent. Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord the rent and other sums due from any Transferee and authorizes and directs each Transferee to pay such rent or other sums directly to Landlord; provided however, that until the occurrence of an Event of Default, Tenant shall have the license to continue collecting such rent and other sums.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the rent due and payable by a sublessee under any such permitted sublease (or a combination of the rent payable under such sublease plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto) exceeds the Rent payable under this Lease, or if with respect to a Transfer by Tenant to which Landlord consents (or such consent is not required), the consideration payable to Tenant by the Transferee exceeds the Rent payable under this Lease, then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord 50% of the Net Profits (as defined in Section 13.6) and any other excess consideration within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant from such Transferee.

13.4.4    Transfer Fee. Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee in the amount of $500.00 to reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s expenses incurred under this Article XIII, plus reimburse Landlord within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery of an invoice for reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such Transfer.   

18

13.5    Landlord’s Option to Recapture Premises.  If Tenant proposes to make a Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent, Landlord may, at its option, upon notice to Tenant given within 30 days after its receipt of Tenant’s notice of the proposed Transfer (together with all other information required under Section 13.3), elect to recapture the Premises (or the portion of the Premises subject to the Transfer) and terminate the Lease (or terminate the Lease as to the portion of the Premises recaptured only).  If a portion of the Premises is recaptured, the Rent payable under this Lease shall be proportionately reduced based on the Rentable Square Feet retained by Tenant and the Rentable Square Feet leased by Tenant immediately prior to such recapture and termination, and Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease in order to reflect such recapture and termination.  Upon any such termination, Landlord and Tenant shall have no further obligations or liabilities to each other under this Lease with respect to the recaptured portion of the Premises, except with respect to obligations or liabilities which accrue or have accrued hereunder as of the date of such termination (in the same manner as if the date of such termination were the date originally fixed for the expiration of the Term).

13.6     Distribution of Net Profits.  If Tenant makes a Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to receive 50% of any Net Profits (as defined herein) from any such Transfer.   “Net Profits” means the portion of the Rent payable by a Transferee in excess of the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (or pro rata portion thereof in the event of a subletting) for the corresponding period, after deducting from such excess Rent all of Tenant’s documented reasonable third party costs associated with such Transfer, including, without limitation, broker commissions, attorneys’ fees and any costs incurred by Tenant to prepare or alter the Premises for the Transferee.  

13.7    Transfers to Related Entities.  Notwithstanding anything in this Article XIII to the contrary, provided no Event of Default exists under this Lease or would exist but for the pendency of any cure periods provided for under Section 18.1, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent, but after providing written notice to Landlord and subject to the provisions of Section 13.4, make a Transfer to any Related Entity (as define herein) provided that (i) such Related Entity is not a governmental entity or agency; (ii) such Related Entity’s use of the Premises is for the Permitted Use and would not cause Landlord to be in violation of any exclusivity agreement within the Project; (iii) the Related Entity is qualified to conduct business in the State of Texas; (iv) the Transfer is made for a good faith operating business purpose and not in order to evade the requirements of this Article XIII, and (v) the net worth (computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles exclusive of goodwill) of either Tenant or any Transferee after such Transfer is greater than or equal to the greater of (a) the net worth of Tenant as of the Lease Date or (b) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such Transfer, and evidence satisfactory to Landlord that such net worth standards have been met is delivered to Landlord at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such Transfer. “Related Entity” means (a) any parent company, subsidiary, or affiliate of Tenant that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, (b) a successor to Tenant by purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, or (c) a successor to Tenant by merger or consolidation (provided that if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, at least 75% of its equity owners existing 12 months before the Transfer are also equity owners of the successor entity). 

XIV.  RULES AND REGULATIONS

The rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit C (“Rules and Regulations”) are in addition to, and shall be construed to modify and amend, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease and are incorporated herein; provided, however, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of these Rules and Regulations, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall control.  Tenant and its Agents shall at all times observe and perform the Rules and Regulations. Landlord is not obligated to enforce the Rules and Regulations, or the terms or provisions contained in any other lease, against any other tenant of the Project, and shall enforce the same in Landlord’s sole discretion.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation by any party of the Rules and Regulations or the terms of any other Project lease. Landlord reserves the right to amend or rescind the Rules and Regulations, and shall enforce the Rules and Regulations subject to this Article XIV, in a nondiscriminatory manner and to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed and desirable for the management, operation safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Project, the operation thereof, the preservation of good order therein and the protection and comfort of the tenants and their agents, employees and invitees, which rules and regulations shall be binding upon Tenant; provided, however, 

19

that any such changes, amendments and/or supplements to the Rules and Regulations may not and shall not: (a) increase Tenant's monetary obligations; (b) materially increase Tenant's non-monetary obligations; and/or (c) materially decrease Tenant's rights under this Lease or unreasonably interfere with Tenant's Permitted Use of the Premises or access thereto.

XV.  INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

15.1    Certain Insurance Risks.  Tenant will not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises or the Project which would (i) jeopardize or be in conflict with property insurance policies covering the Project, and fixtures and property in the Project; or (ii) increase the rate of property insurance applicable to the Project to an amount higher than it otherwise would be for general office use of the Project.  

15.2    Landlord’s Insurance.  At all times during the Term, Landlord will carry and maintain the following insurance, with coverages and amounts determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion:

(a)    Property insurance covering the Project and its contents, including, without limitation, any Tenant Work and other leasehold improvements installed by Landlord or at Landlord’s cost, excluding, at Landlord’s option, any Specialized Tenant Improvements;

(b)    Commercial general liability insurance; and

(c)    Such other insurance as Landlord reasonably determines from time to time.

15.3    Tenant’s Insurance.  On or before the earlier to occur of (i) the Commencement Date; or (ii) the date Tenant commences any work of any type in the Premises pursuant to this Lease (which may be prior to the Commencement Date) and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant will carry and maintain, at Tenant’s expense, the following insurance, in the minimum amounts specified below or such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably request, on forms reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and with insurance companies qualified to do and doing business in Texas and having a policyholder rating of not less than “A-” and a financial rating of “VII” in the most current copy of Best’s Insurance Report in the form customary to this locality.

(a)    Commercial general liability insurance, with a combined single occurrence limit and aggregate of not less than $1,000,000 and without a deductible.  All such insurance will be on an occurrence ISO form including without limitation, bodily injury & property damage coverage, premises coverage, personal injury, advertising injury, products and completed operations liability, independent contractor’s liability coverage and contractual liability coverage;

(b)    Property insurance coverage at least equal to ISO Special Causes of Loss form and covering all Tenant Property and any Alterations to the Premises in an amount not less than the full replacement cost without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance, and including coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril (including vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion) and business interruption coverage for a period of one year;

(c)    Worker’s compensation insurance insuring against and satisfying Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under the worker’s compensation Laws of Texas, including employer’s liability insurance with limits of $1,000,000 bodily injury by accident, each accident; $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease, policy limit; $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease, each employee;

(d)    If Tenant operates owned, hired, or nonowned vehicles on the Project, commercial automobile liability insurance with a limit of liability not less than $1,000,000 combined bodily injury and property damage liability; and

20

(e)    Umbrella liability insurance in excess of the underlying coverage listed in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) above, with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence/$1,000,000 aggregate;  

15.4    Forms of the Policies.  Landlord and its affiliates, Managers, and any Mortgagee or Ground Lessor, and such other parties as Landlord shall designate to Tenant who have an insurable interest in the Premises or Project shall be: (i) named as additional insureds (other than for Worker’s Compensation) and have waiver of subrogation rights with respect to the coverages provided for under Section 15.3 (a), (c), (d) and (e), and (ii) as loss payees as their interest may appear with respect to the coverage provided under Section 15.3 (b).  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance, together with any endorsements providing the required coverage and, if requested by Landlord, copies of the policies, prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises and from time to time at least 30 days prior to expiration or termination, material change or reduction in coverage.  All commercial general liability and property policies herein required to be maintained by Tenant will be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not supplemental to the coverage that Landlord may carry.    

15.5    Waiver of Subrogation.  Landlord and Tenant each waive and shall cause their respective insurance carriers to waive any and all rights to recover against the other or against the Agents of such other party for any loss or damage to such waiving party (including deductible amounts) arising from any cause covered by any property insurance required to be carried by such party pursuant to this Article XV or any other property insurance actually carried by such party to the extent of the limits of such policy.  Tenant agrees to cause all other occupants of the Premises claiming by, under or through Tenant, to execute and deliver to Landlord and its affiliates, Managers, and any Mortgagee or Ground Lessor such a waiver of claims and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements.
    
15.6    Adequacy of Coverage.  Landlord makes no representation that the limits of liability specified to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article XV are adequate to protect Tenant and Tenant should obtain such additional insurance or increased liability limits as Tenant deems appropriate.  Furthermore, in no way does the insurance required herein limit the liability of Tenant assumed elsewhere in the Lease.

15.7    Waiver and Indemnification.  Tenant waives all claims against Landlord and its Managers, Mortgagees and Ground Lessors, their (direct or indirect) owners, and the beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, and Agents of each of the foregoing (including Landlord, the “Landlord Parties”) for (a) except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party, any loss or damage to person or property (or resulting from the loss of use thereof), including, without limitation, to any vehicle, the contents of such vehicle, or accessories to any such vehicle, in connection with the parking of vehicles by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents in the Parking Garage or the removal of such vehicles parked in violation of the Rules and Regulations; or (b) any failure to prevent or control any criminal or otherwise wrongful conduct by any third party or to apprehend any third party who has engaged in such conduct, or (c) any Casualty, explosion, falling plaster or other masonry or glass, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Project, including, without limitation, from the pipes, plumbing, roof, street or subsurface or resulting from dampness.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from any obligation, loss, claim, action, liability, penalty, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) (each, a “Claim”) that arises from (a) any cause in, on or about the Premises other than with respect to Claims arising in the Fifth Floor Common Area relating to parties that are not a Tenant Party or an invitee or customer of Tenant, (b) occupancy of the Premises by, or any negligence or willful misconduct of, Tenant, any party claiming by, through or under Tenant, their (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, or Agents, (c) any material breach by Tenant of any representation, covenant or other term contained herein, or (d) the presence or release of any Hazardous Materials on, from, under or about the Premises, the Project or other properties as the result of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.  THE FOREGOING WAIVERS AND OBLIGATIONS TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, PROTECT AND HOLD THE LANDLORD PARTIES HARMLESS SHALL APPLY EVEN IF THE DAMAGE, FAILURE OR CLAIM IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF ONE OR MORE LANDLORD PARTIES.  Tenant agrees to give prompt notice to Landlord upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in this Section 15.7 or of defects in the Premises, the Project or its systems, equipment or facilities.  The covenants, agreements and indemnification obligations under this Section 15.7 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Notwithstanding 

21

the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to indemnify Landlord or any Landlord Party to the extent that the relevant Claim was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party.

15.8    Landlord Indemnification. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold the Tenant and its beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, and Agents (including Tenant, the “Tenant Parties”) harmless from any Claim that arises from (a) any cause in, on or about the Common Areas, Fifth Floor Common Area (to the extent relating to parties that are not a Tenant Party or an invitee or customer of Tenant) or arising from a failure of the structural elements of the Project, (b) any gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party in the Fifth Floor Common Area and all areas outside of the Premises, (c) any material breach by Landlord of any representation, covenant or other term contained herein, or (d) the presence or release of any Hazardous Materials on, from, under or about the Premises, the Project or other properties that is not the result of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.  THE FOREGOING OBLIGATIONS TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, PROTECT AND HOLD THE TENANT PARTIES HARMLESS SHALL APPLY EVEN IF THE DAMAGE, FAILURE OR CLAIM IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF ONE OR MORE TENANT PARTIES.  The covenants, agreements and indemnification obligations under this Section 15.8 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to indemnify Tenant or any Tenant Party to the extent that the relevant Claim was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party.

15.9    Fifth Floor Common Area.  The “Fifth Floor Common Area” means the areas on the fifth (5th) floor of the Building for the non-exclusive use of Tenant including those areas leading to and from the elevators, stairwells and the fifth (5th) floor Parking Garage entrance.

XVI.  CASUALTY DAMAGE; CONDEMNATION

16.1    Damage to the Premises.  With reasonable promptness after discovering any damage to the Premises, or to the Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises, resulting from any fire or other casualty (a “Casualty”), Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time required to substantially complete repair of such damage (the “Landlord Repairs”).  If, according to such estimate, the Landlord Repairs cannot be substantially completed within 270 days after they are commenced, either party may terminate this Lease upon 60 days’ notice to the other party delivered within 10 days after Landlord’s delivery of such estimate. Tenant may also terminate this Lease if the Landlord Repairs are not actually completed within 300 days following the Casualty, such right to expire upon completion of the Landlord Repairs. Within 90 days after discovering any damage to the Project resulting from any Casualty, Landlord may, whether or not the Premises is affected, terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant if (a) any Ground Lessor terminates any ground lease or any Mortgagee requires that any insurance proceeds be used to pay any mortgage debt; (b) any damage to Landlord’s property is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; or (c) the damage occurs during the last Lease Year.  If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this Section 16.1, Landlord shall promptly and diligently perform the Landlord Repairs, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment and other Events of Force Majeure.  Landlord shall perform the Landlord Repairs such that they restore the Premises and the Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed when the Casualty occurred, except for (a) any modifications required by Law or any Mortgagee or Ground Lessor, and (b) any modifications to the Common Areas that are deemed desirable by Landlord, are consistent with the character of the Project, and do not materially impair access to the Premises.  Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or its designee) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 15.3(b) with respect to any Alterations, and if the estimated or actual cost of restoring any Alterations exceeds the insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, Tenant shall pay such excess to Landlord within 15 days after Landlord’s demand. No Casualty and no restoration performed as required hereunder shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder; provided, however, that if the Premises or any Common Area necessary for Tenant’s access to the Premises is damaged by a Casualty, then, during any time that, as a result of such damage, any portion of the Premises is untenantable or inaccessible and is not occupied by Tenant, Rent shall be abated in proportion to the Rentable Square Footage of such portion of the Premises.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 16.1 if the Casualty is due in whole or in part to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant 

22

or its Agents.  In such event, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any Landlord Repair costs that are not reimbursed by, or paid through, insurance proceeds.  

16.2    Condemnation.  If any part of the Project is taken for more than 270 days or condemned by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose (including, without limitation, sale under threat of such a taking) (“Taking”), then Landlord may terminate this Lease by delivering notice to Tenant.  If more than 25% of the Premises is the subject of a Taking, or all access to the Premises is substantially impaired as a result of a Taking, for more than 180 consecutive days, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering notice to Tenant.  If this Lease terminates due to a Taking, the Term shall terminate as of the date when title vests in the applicable governmental or quasi-governmental authority and Rent shall be prorated to such date.  If this Lease does not terminate, but the Taking reduces the Rentable Square Feet in the Premises, then this Lease shall  continue in full force and effect and the Basic Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be reduced by the ratio that the Rentable Square Footage of the portion of the Premises subject to the Taking bears to the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises before such Taking, effective as of the date when title vests in the applicable governmental or quasi-governmental authority.  In addition, if a Taking occurs and this Lease does not terminate, Rent shall abate in proportion to the percentage of the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises, if any, that is rendered inaccessible by such Taking, for the period of such inaccessibility.  Tenant waives any claim against Landlord in connection with the Taking and the right to assert any claim against the condemning authority for any portion of the amount that may be awarded to Landlord as compensation or damages as a result of such Taking; provided, however, Tenant may, to the extent allowed by Law, claim an award for moving expenses and for any Taking of Tenant Property (other than its leasehold interest in the Premises), as long as such claim is separate and distinct from any claim of Landlord and does not diminish Landlord’s award.   Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any right and interest it may have in any award for its leasehold interest in the Premises.  

XVII.  SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPELS

17.1    Subordination.  Subject to the full execution and delivery of an SNDA (as defined herein), this Lease is subject and subordinate to any future ground or underlying leases affecting the Land, Building or Project (“Ground Lease”) and to any mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, or title retention interest now or in the future affecting the Land, Building or Project ("Mortgage") and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such Ground Lease or Mortgage.  Tenant shall, within 20 days after Landlord’s request execute any instrument (“SNDA”) in confirmation thereof and confirming Tenant’s attornment agreement as provided herein; provided that (a) such SNDA is duly executed by the ground lessor under a Ground Lease (“Ground Lessor”) or any holder of any note or obligation secured by a Mortgage ("Mortgagee”), as applicable, (b) contains an agreement (“Non-disturbance Agreement”) providing, among other things, that so long as an Event of Default does not exist under this Lease, Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises and its rights under this Lease shall not be disturbed or affected by (i) the termination of such Ground Lease prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease or (ii) any foreclosure or other action (including by the delivery or acceptance of a deed in lieu thereof) which may be instituted or undertaken in order to enforce any right or remedy available under the Mortgage, and (c) is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the terms of any applicable SNDA, any Ground Lessor or Mortgagee shall have the right to subordinate the Ground Lease or the Mortgage, as applicable, to this Lease, in which case this Lease may continue in full force and effect upon the termination of the Ground Lease or foreclosure or other action under a Mortgage and Tenant shall attorn to and recognize as its landlord the Ground Lessor or the purchaser of Landlord's interest under this Lease, as applicable.  

17.2    Estoppel Certificate.  Tenant shall, without charge, at any time and from time to time, within 10 business days after request therefor by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written estoppel certificate certifying without qualification, as of the date of such estoppel certificate, the following:  (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if modified, that the Lease is in full force and effect as modified and setting forth such modifications); (b) that the Term has commenced (and setting forth the Commencement Date and Expiration Date); (c) whether Tenant is presently occupying the Premises (and if not, specifying any portion of the Premises that is vacant or specifying the name of any subtenant or licensee occupying the Premises and the portion of the Premises so occupied); 

23

(d) the amounts of Basic Rent and Additional Rent currently due and payable by Tenant; (e) that any Tenant Work or Alterations required by the Lease to have been made by Landlord have been made to the satisfaction of Tenant (or specifying any outstanding Tenant Work or Alterations to be made by Landlord); (f) that there are no existing set-offs, charges, liens, claims or defenses against the enforcement of any right hereunder, including, without limitation, Basic Rent or Additional Rent (or, if alleged, specifying the same in detail); (g) that no Basic Rent (except the first installment thereof) has been paid more than 30 days in advance of its due date; (h) that Tenant has no knowledge of any then uncured default by Landlord of its obligations under this Lease (or, if Tenant has such knowledge, specifying the same in detail); (i) that Tenant is not in default; (j) that the address to which notices to Tenant should be sent is as set forth in the Lease (or, if not, specifying the correct address); and (k) to the extent true, any other certifications reasonably requested by Landlord.  

XVIII.  DEFAULT OF TENANT

18.1    Events of Default.  Each of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:  (a) Tenant fails to pay Rent when due, and such failure continue for five (5) days after notice from Landlord; (b) Tenant fails to observe or perform any other term, condition or covenant under this Lease within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord; provided, however, that if Landlord reasonably determines that such failure cannot be cured within said 10-day period, then the period to cure the default shall be extend as may be reasonable under the circumstances provided Tenant has commenced to cure the default within the initial 10-day period and diligently pursues such cure to completion; (c) Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises or fails to take occupancy of the Premises within 90 days after the Commencement Date;  (d) Tenant fails to execute and return a SNDA or estoppel within the time periods provided for in Article XVII; (e) Tenant or any Guarantor makes or consents to a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or  a common law composition of creditors, or a receiver of the Premises for all or substantially all of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s assets is appointed; (f) Tenant or Guarantor hereafter files a voluntary petition in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or an involuntary petition in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is filed against Tenant or Guarantor and is not discharged by Tenant or Guarantor within 60 days; or (g) Tenant fails to immediately remedy or discontinue any hazardous conditions which Tenant has created or permitted in violation of Law or of this Lease. Any notice periods provided for under this Section 18.1 shall run concurrently with any statutory notice periods and any notice given hereunder may be given simultaneously with or incorporated into any such statutory notice.  If Landlord has delivered to Tenant two (2) or more notices in a consecutive 12-month period of a failure to pay Rent, or two (2) or more notices in an consecutive 12 month period of a failure to observe or perform the same term, condition or covenant, then Tenant’s subsequent failure within 12 months after the last of such notices shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed an Event of Default immediately upon the occurrence of such failure, regardless of whether Landlord provides Tenant notice, or Tenant has commenced the cure of the same.

18.2    Landlord’s Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, may, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, elect one or more of the following remedies:
(a)    Terminate this Lease, or terminate Tenant’s right of possession to the Premises without terminating this Lease, and with or without reentering and repossessing the Premises.  Upon any termination of this Lease, or upon any termination of Tenant’s right of possession without termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately, and deliver possession thereof to Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender possession and vacate the Premises, Landlord, Property Manager and their respective Agents shall have full and free license to lawfully enter into and upon the Premises with or without process of law for the purpose of repossessing the Premises, removing Tenant; removing, storing or disposing of any and all Alterations; and removing and storing signs and Tenant Property.  Landlord may take these actions without (i) being deemed guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, (ii) incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom, for which Tenant hereby waives any right to claim, (iii) terminating this Lease (unless Landlord intends to do so), (iv) releasing Tenant or any Guarantor, in whole or in part, from any obligation under this Lease or any Guaranty thereof, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Rent, Rental Deficiency (as defined herein)  or Damages (as defined herein) or (v) relinquishing any other right given to Landlord hereunder or by operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord is entitled to remove Tenant’s property from the Premises, Landlord may not dispose of, but may 

24

remove and store at Tenant’s cost, Tenant’s signs and Tenant Property; provided that if Tenant has not removed such property from storage (which Landlord shall reasonably cooperate in facilitating) within 30 days, such property shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and may be disposed of by Landlord as Landlord sees fit;  
(b)    Recover the following: (i) unpaid Rent accruing prior to or on the date of termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession and/or pursuant to the holdover provisions of Section 3.3), (ii) either Actual Rental Deficiency or Market Rental Deficiency (each as defined herein) and (iii) any Damages (as defined herein).  As used in this Section 18.2, the terms used herein have the following definitions:
(i)     “Rental Deficiency” means a contractual measure of damages for Tenant’s non-payment of Rent measured by (A) for any period during which Landlord has relet the Premises, “Actual Rental Deficiency”, which means the difference (never less than zero) between (1) the Basic Rent due for, and other Rent allocable under this Lease to, each calendar month beginning with the first month with respect to which Landlord receives rent from reletting the Premises and (2) the proceeds, if any, that Landlord actually collects from any substitute tenant for any part of the Premises in each corresponding month in which the Term and the term of the substitute tenant’s lease overlap; and (B) for any period during which Landlord has not relet the Premises, “Market Rental Deficiency”, which is the present value (determined using a discount rate of seven percent [7%] per annum) of the difference (never less than zero) between (1) the total Rent which would have accrued to Landlord under this Lease for the remainder of the Term of this Lease (or such portion of the Term in which Landlord elects to recover this damage measure), if the terms of this Lease had been fully complied with by Tenant, and (2) the total fair market rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the Term of the Lease (or such portion of the Term in which Landlord elects to recover this damage measure). In determining the Market Rental Deficiency, the total fair market rental value will be the prevailing market rate for triple net base rent for tenants of comparable quality for leases in buildings of comparable size, age, use location and quality in the marketplace in which the Project is located, taking into consideration the extent of the availability of space as large as the Premises in the marketplace.  
(ii)    “Damages” means all actual and incidental (but not consequential) damages, court costs, interest and attorneys’ fees arising from Tenant’s breach of the Lease, including, without limitation, (A) reletting costs, including, without limitation, the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition necessary to rent the Premises at the prevailing market rate, normal wear and tear excepted (including, without limitation, cleaning, decorating, repair and remodeling costs), brokerage fees, legal fees, advertising costs and the like); (B) Landlord’s cost of recovering possession of the Premises; (C) the cost of removing, storing and disposing of any of Tenant’s or other occupant’s property left on the Premises after reentry; (D) any increase in insurance premiums caused by the vacancy of the Premises, (E) the amount of any unamortized improvements to the Premises in connection with this Lease paid for by Landlord, (F) the amount of any unamortized brokerage commission paid by Landlord in connection with the leasing of the Premises to Tenant; (G) costs incurred in connection with collecting any money owed by Tenant, (H) any other sum of money or damages owed by Tenant to Landlord or incurred by Landlord as a result of or arising from, Tenant’s breach of the Lease or Landlord’s exercise of its rights and remedies for such breach, (I) any contractual or liquidated type or measures of damages specified in this Lease and (J) any other type of measure of damages recoverable for any particular breach under applicable Law.  
Landlord may file suit to recover any sums falling due under the terms of this Section 18.2(b) from time to time, and no delivery to or recovery by Landlord of any portion due Landlord hereunder shall be any defense in any action to recover any amount not previously reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any Law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the Damages referred to above.
(c)    If Landlord elects to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease, Tenant shall continue to be liable for all Rent, Rental Deficiency and all other Damages described in Section 18.2(b) above, except to the extent otherwise provided under Section 18.3, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) relet the Premises, or any part thereof, to a substitute tenant or tenants, for a period of time equal to or lesser or greater than the remainder of the Term of this Lease on whatever terms and conditions Landlord, at Landlord’s sole discretion, deems advisable.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 18.2(c) to the contrary, Landlord may at (i) any time after reletting the Premises elect to exercise its rights under Section 18.2(b) for such previous breach; and 

25

(ii) upon the default of any substitute tenant or upon the expiration of the lease term of such substitute tenant before the expiration of the Term of this Lease, either relet to still another substitute tenant or exercise its rights under Section 18.2(b).  For the purpose of such reletting Landlord is authorized to decorate or to make any non-structural repairs, changes, alterations or additions in or to the Premises that may be necessary.  
(d)    Take any lawful self-help or judicial action, including using a master or duplicate key or changing or picking the locks and security devices, without having any civil or criminal liability, to (i) reenter the Premises, repossess the Premises and exclude Tenant and other occupants from the Premises, and (ii) make such payment or do such act as Landlord determines is necessary (without obligation to do so) to cure the Event of Default or otherwise satisfy Tenant’s obligations under the terms of this Lease. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord on demand for any expenses which Landlord may incur in connection with the foregoing actions, which expenses shall bear interest until paid at the Interest Rate, and that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to Tenant from such actions. Tenant agrees that this provision of the Lease will supersede any conflicting provisions of Sections 93.002 and 93.003 of the TEX. PROP. CODE and any other Law governing the right of a landlord to change the door locks of a commercial tenant.
  (e)    Withhold or suspend payment or performance that this Lease would otherwise require Landlord to pay or perform.  
  (f)    Intentionally Deleted.  
  (g)    No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute.  In addition to other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, to injunctive relief in case of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation, of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, or to compel performance of any of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease, or to any other remedy allowed to Landlord at law or in equity.
18.3    Mitigation of Damages.  If Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possession, to the extent (but no further) Landlord is required by applicable Laws of the State of Texas to mitigate damages, or to use efforts to do so, and such requirement cannot be lawfully and effectively waived (it being the intention of Landlord and Tenant that Tenant waive and Tenant hereby waives such requirements to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law), Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate Landlord’s damages, and Tenant shall be entitled to submit proof of such failure to mitigate as a defense to Landlord’s claims for damages after any such termination of possession.  With regard to the provisions of this Lease or the present or future Laws that require Landlord to mitigate or seek to mitigate its damages or to use efforts to re-let the Premises, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the state of the law in Texas at the time this Lease is made is uncertain and in order to end all doubt as to what Landlord must and may do to (a) mitigate its damages, (b) seek to mitigate its damages, or (c) re-let or seek to re-let the Premises (hereinafter collectively called “Mitigate”), the following are procedures setting forth Landlord’s duty to Mitigate.  Landlord may elect to re-let all or any marketable part of the Premises, and reletting of less than all of the Premises shall not be deemed to constitute an acceptance and surrender of the portion of the Premises not so re-let.  Landlord’s duty to Mitigate shall arise on the earlier of 60 days after (i) the date that Tenant vacates the Premises and fails to pay Rent beyond applicable notice and cure periods; and (ii) the date Tenant relinquishes any claim to possession of the Premises by written notice to Landlord. If all of the procedures set forth in this Section 18.3 are followed by Landlord, Landlord shall be presumptively deemed to have discharged its duty to Mitigate:
18.3.1    Condition of the Premises.  In order to market the Premises in a suitable condition, Landlord shall be obligated to clean and repaint, as Landlord reasonably determines necessary, the Premises and, to the extent, but only to the extent, that Landlord is otherwise obligated to repair and restore the Premises under other provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall repair and restore the Premises. Except for the reasonable cost to clean and repaint the Premises, and except for the cost of repairs and restoration of the Premises that is required of Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall not be required to spend any money to make the Premises ready for a replacement tenant. 

18.3.2    Marketing the Premises.  Landlord shall be obligated to market the Premises in the same manner that Landlord markets, or has previously marketed, other premises for lease in the Building and other buildings located in San Antonio, Texas that Landlord owns or has previously owned (“Other Buildings”); provided, however, 

26

Landlord shall only be obligated to incur and pay costs and expenses to procure a replacement tenant that Landlord would ordinarily incur and pay in connection with leasing premises comparable to the Premises, including, without limitation, Landlord’s legal costs to prepare a new lease, broker’s fees, and advertising costs. Landlord shall not be required to show preference for the Premises over other available lease space, but rather shall let prospects determine which space is most appropriate for their respective needs. 

18.3.3    Mitigation Expenses.  All costs incurred by Landlord to Mitigate (regardless of the success thereof), and in reletting all or any part of the Premises in furtherance thereof (the “Mitigation Expenses”), shall be repaid to Landlord in full, with interest at the Interest Rate, before any sums actually received from re-letting are applied to offset any Rent due from Tenant to Landlord under this Lease. Tenant agrees that if Landlord re-lets all or any portion of the Premises, any rents received by Landlord under the new lease that exceed the Rent due Landlord under this Lease for the same rent payment period for which those rents were paid, shall be applied to the Mitigation Expenses and interest payable by Tenant to Landlord and Tenant shall not receive any credit for any excess amounts and Landlord exclusively shall be entitled to the same. Tenant shall continue to be liable for all Rent (whether accruing prior to, on or after the date of termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession) and Damages, except to the extent that Tenant receives any credit against unpaid Rent or pleads and proves by clear and convincing evidence that Landlord fails to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to Mitigate to the extent required under this Section 18.3.3 and that Landlord’s failure caused an avoidable and quantifiable increase in Landlord’s damages for unpaid rent.  

18.3.4    Replacement Tenant.  Landlord shall not be required to accept any Related Entity as a tenant (regardless of their operational abilities and credit rating) or any proposed tenant which proposes a change in the use of the Premises permitted under this Lease to a use which: (i) violates any prohibition on use in the Building; (ii) is incompatible with the nature and character of the Building; (iii) creates a parking demand or demand on Building equipment, facilities and systems in excess of the demand created by Tenant; or (iv) conflicts with any other existing tenant use in the Building, or with any use of any person or entity that is at that time a lease prospect of Landlord for other space in the Project. Landlord shall not be required to relet the Premises to a tenant pursuant to any proposed lease (i) that is not approved by a Mortgagee or Ground Lessor; (ii) that would cause Landlord to be in default of, or to be unable to perform any of its covenants or obligations under, any agreements between Landlord and any third party; or (iii) that would vary the terms of Landlord’s standard lease form in any manner that is not reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Landlord shall not be required to re-let the Premises for a term longer than the Term, unless the rents for any period after the end of the Term are the then prevailing fair market rates; provided, however, that, during any period of re-letting during the Term, Landlord shall be required to re-let the Premises at a base rental rate that is, at a minimum, equal to the lesser of the prevailing fair market rates and the Basic Rent provided under this Lease. Before re-letting the Premises to any replacement tenant, Landlord may require the proposed replacement tenant to demonstrate the same financial capability that Landlord would require from any other lease prospect as a condition to leasing any other space in the Project.

18.4    No Waiver.  If Landlord shall institute proceedings against Tenant and a compromise or settlement thereof shall be made, the same shall not constitute a waiver of any other covenant, condition or agreement herein contained, nor of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder.  No waiver by Landlord of any breach shall operate as a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition itself, or of any subsequent breach.  No payment of Rent by Tenant or acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall operate as a waiver of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account of the earliest unpaid Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or communication accompanying a check for the payment of Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.  No act, omission, reletting or re-entry by Landlord, and no acceptance by Landlord of keys from Tenant, shall be considered an acceptance of a surrender of the Lease, shall be construed as an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or an election on the part of Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a notice of such intention is given to Tenant by Landlord.
18.5    Late Payment; Interest.  If Tenant fails to pay any Rent within 5 days after such Rent becomes due and payable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge of 5% of the amount of such overdue Rent.  Such late charge shall be deemed Rent and shall due and payable within 2 days after written demand from Landlord. Further, if Tenant 

27

fails to pay any Rent within 30 days after such Rent becomes due and payable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord interest on the amount of such overdue Rent calculated at the Interest Rate from the date such Rent was due through the date Landlord receives such Rent payment.  Such late charge and interest will be considered Additional Rent and shall be due within 2 days after Landlord’s demand.

18.6    Waiver of Redemption.  Tenant hereby waives, for itself and all persons claiming by and under Tenant, all rights and privileges which it might have under any present or future Law to redeem the Premises or to continue this Lease after being dispossessed or ejected from the Premises.

18.7    Landlord’s Lien.  To secure the payment of all Rent due and to become due hereunder and the faithful performance of all the other covenants of this Lease required by Tenant to be performed, Tenant hereby gives to Landlord an express contract lien on and security interest in all  Tenant Property placed in the Premises and also upon all proceeds of any insurance accruing to Tenant by reason of damage to or destruction of any such Tenant Property, excluding however any Tenant Property which is leased or financed and also excluding any proprietary property and employee and customer information. All exemption Laws are hereby waived by Tenant.  This lien and security interest are given in addition to any Landlord’s statutory lien(s) and shall be cumulative thereto.  Tenant authorizes Landlord to execute and file Uniform Commercial Code financing statements relating to such security interest.  If an Event of Default occurs, then Landlord will be entitled to exercise any or all rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code, this Lease or by Law and may sell any of the Tenant Property at a public or private sale upon 10 days’ notice to Tenant, which notice Tenant stipulates is adequate and reasonable.  
  

XIX.  MISCELLANEOUS

19.1    No Partnership.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture of or between Landlord and Tenant, to create any other relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than that of landlord and tenant, or to grant Tenant any rights other than those expressly stated in the Lease.

19.2    Brokers.  Landlord recognizes Broker(s) as the sole broker(s) procuring this Lease and shall pay any commission due Broker(s) pursuant to a separate agreement between Broker(s) and Landlord. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that it has dealt with no broker, agent, finder or other person other than Broker(s) relating to this Lease.  Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless, from and against any and all loss, costs, damages or expenses (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees) by reason of any claim of liability to or from any broker or person arising from or out of any breach of the indemnitor’s representation and warranty.

19.3    Waiver of Jury Trial.  Landlord and Tenant each waive trial by jury in connection with proceedings or counterclaims brought by either of the parties against the other with respect to any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

19.4    Notices.  All notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if addressed and delivered to the respective parties’ addresses, as set forth in Article I: (i) in person; (ii) by Federal Express or similar overnight carrier service; (iii) mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; (iv) by transmission of an electronic mail message; provided, however, that in the case of any notice delivered in accordance with clause (iv), to be effective, any such e-mail notice must also be sent by one of the other permitted methods of providing notice on or before the next succeeding business day.  Such notices shall be deemed received upon the earlier of receipt or, if mailed by certified mail, 3 days after such mailing.  Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

28

19.5    Invalidity of Particular Provisions.  If any provisions of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the full extent permitted by Law.

19.6    Headings; Gender and Number.  Captions and headings are for convenience of reference only.  All terms and words used in this Lease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number or gender as the context may require.

19.7    Benefit and Burden.  Subject to the provisions of Article XIII and except as otherwise expressly provided, the provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and each of their respective representatives, heirs, successors and assigns. 

19.8     Entire Agreement.  This Lease (which includes the Exhibits attached hereto) contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no representations, inducements or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties not contained in this Lease shall be of any force or effect.  This Lease (other than the Rules and Regulations, which may be changed from time to time as provided herein) may not be modified, changed or terminated in whole or in part in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

19.9     Authority.  If Tenant signs as a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, the person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is duly formed, validly existing, in good standing (with respect to a corporation or limited liability company), and qualified to do business in Texas, that the Tenant has full power and authority to enter into this Lease and that he or she is authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of the Tenant. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (a) a secretary’s certificate from the secretary of said limited liability company certifying as to the above in the form of the attached Exhibit D.  At the request of Landlord, Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of Tenant’s organizational documents and such incumbency certificate and minutes certified by an authorized representative of Tenant as being true, correct, and complete, as may be reasonably required to demonstrate that this Lease is binding upon and enforceable against Tenant.

19.10    Attorneys’ Fees.  If either Landlord or Tenant commences, engages in, or threatens to commence or engage in any legal action or proceeding against the other party (including, without limitation, litigation or arbitration) arising out of or in connection with the Lease, the Premises, or the Project (including, without limitation (a) the enforcement or interpretation of either party’s rights or obligations under this Lease (whether in contract, tort, or both) or (b) the declaration of any rights or obligations under this Lease), the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party reasonable attorneys’ fees, together with any costs and expenses, incurred in any such action or proceeding, including any attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses incurred on collection and on appeal.
    
19.11    Interpretation.  This Lease is governed by the Laws of Texas and shall not be construed against either party more or less favorably by reason of authorship or origin of language.

19.12    Limitation of Liability; Special Damages.  Neither Landlord nor its Agents, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal liability under any provision of this Lease.  If Landlord defaults in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise, Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s equity, interest and rights in the Building for satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies on account thereof, including, subject to the rights of any Mortgagee or Ground Lessor, Landlord’s interest in the rents of the Building and any insurance proceeds payable to Landlord.  Except as specifically set forth herein, under no circumstances whatsoever shall Landlord or Tenant ever be liable hereunder for consequential damages or special damages, EVEN IF THE LIABILITY IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF ONE OR MORE LANDLORD PARTIES OR TENANT PARTIES, AS APPLICABLE. Before filing suit for an alleged default by Landlord, Tenant 

29

shall give Landlord and any Mortgagee(s) or Ground Lessor of whom Tenant has been notified, notice and a reasonable time to cure any alleged default.  Landlord or any successor owner shall have the right to transfer and assign to a third party, in whole or part, all of its rights and obligations hereunder and in the Building and Land, and in such event, so long as such new owner assumes all of the obligations of the “Landlord” hereunder in writing, all liabilities and obligations on the part of the original Landlord, or such successor owner, under this Lease occurring thereafter shall terminate as of the day of such sale, and thereupon all such liabilities and obligations shall be binding on the new owner.  
19.13    Time of the Essence.  Time is of the essence as to Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease.

19.14     Force Majeure.  Landlord and Tenant (except with respect to the payment of any monetary obligation) shall not be chargeable with, liable for, or responsible to the other for anything or in any amount for any failure to perform or delay caused by:  fire; earthquake; explosion; flood; hurricane; the elements; acts of God or the public enemy; governmental preemption in connection with a national or local emergency; actions, restrictions, rules, orders or regulations of governmental authorities (permitting or inspection), governmental regulation of the sale of materials or supplies or the transportation thereof; war; invasion; insurrection; rebellion; riots; strikes or lockouts, inability to obtain necessary materials, goods, equipment, services, utilities or labor; or any other cause whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing which is beyond the reasonable control of such party (collectively, “Events of Force Majeure”); and any such failure or delay due to said causes or any of them shall not be deemed to be a breach of or default in the performance of this Lease.  In no event shall the inability of either Landlord or Tenant to pay any amount due under this Lease or in connection with the Premises or the Project be deemed an Event of Force Majeure.  The provisions of this Section 19.14 shall not operate to extend Tenant’s abatement rights or the termination rights of Landlord or Tenant under Section 8.5 or Article XVI, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise therein.

19.15     Memorandum of Lease.  Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease nor a memorandum thereof without the written consent of the other.  

19.16    Relocation of the Premises. Landlord shall not have the right to relocate the Premises.  

19.17    Financial Reports.  Prior to the execution of this Lease by Tenant and thereafter within 20 days after Landlord’s request, Tenant will furnish Tenant’s and any Guarantor’s most recent audited financial statements (including any notes to them) to Landlord, or, if no such audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (and notes to them) as may have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant, or, failing those, Tenant’s and Guarantor’s internally prepared financial statements, certified by Tenant and Guarantor, as applicable.  

19.18    Landlord’s Fees.  Intentionally Deleted.

19.19    Effectiveness; Mortgagee Approval.  The furnishing of the form of this Lease shall not constitute an offer.  This Lease shall become binding on Landlord and Tenant only upon its execution by and delivery to each party.  Further, this Lease is subject to approval by any Mortgagee or Ground Lessee of Landlord.  If Landlord can obtain said approval only upon the basis of modifications of the terms and provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to cancel this Lease if Tenant refuses to approve in writing any such modification within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's request therefor.  If such right to cancel is exercised, this Lease shall thereafter be null and void, and any Security Deposit or Advanced Rent Payment made to Landlord shall be returned to Tenant and neither party shall have any liability to the other by reason of such cancellation.

19.20    Light, Air or View Rights.  Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which has been or may be erected on lands adjacent to or in the vicinity of the Building and Project shall not affect this Lease, abate any payment owed by Tenant hereunder or otherwise impose any liability on Landlord.
    

30

19.21    Counterparts.    This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement. Electronic signatures shall be treated as “wet-ink” signatures for purposes of the execution hereof.  

19.22    Nondisclosure of Lease Terms.   Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord.  Disclosure of the terms could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases and impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants.  Accordingly, Tenant agrees that it, and its Agents shall not intentionally or voluntarily disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any newspaper or other publication or any other tenant or apparent prospective tenant of the Building or the Project, without the prior written consent of Landlord, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms to prospective subtenants or assignees under this Lease and each party shall have the right to disclose such information for valid business, legal and accounting purposes and/or if required and/or advisable under any applicable securities laws regarding public disclosure of business information and/or as required by Laws and/or any court ruling.   

19.23    Joint and Several Obligations.   If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, their execution of this Lease will constitute their covenant and agreement that: (a) each of them is jointly and severally liable for the observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant; and (b) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease means and includes each of them jointly and severally.  The act of or notice from, or the signature of any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to the exercise of any options hereunder, will be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted. 

19.24    Anti-Terrorism.    Tenant represents and warrants to and covenants with Landlord that (a)  Tenant is not, nor shall be at any time during the Term, in violation of any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering (collectively, the “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including without limitation Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, and regulations of the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) related to Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (SDN’s OFAC Regulations), and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56) (the “USA Patriot Act”); (b) neither Tenant nor any of its owners, affiliates, investors, officers, directors, employees, vendors, subcontractors or agents is or shall be during the term hereof a “Prohibited Person” which is defined as follows: (i) a person or entity owned or controlled by, affiliated with, or acting for or on behalf of, any person or entity that is identified as an SDN on the then-most current list published by OFAC at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/t11sdn.pdf, or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list, and (ii) a person or entity who is identified as or affiliated with a person or entity designated as a terrorist, or associated with terrorism or money laundering pursuant to regulations promulgated in connection with the USA Patriot Act; (c) to the best of Tenant’s knowledge Tenant has not engaged in any dealings or transactions or otherwise been associated with a Prohibited Person, and (d) Tenant has taken appropriate steps to understand its legal obligations under the Anti-Terrorism Laws and has implemented appropriate procedures to assure its continued compliance with such Anti-Terrorism Laws.  At any time and from time-to-time during the Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request therefor, a written certification or such other evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing and confirming Tenant’s compliance with this Section 19.24. If Tenant is a publicly-traded entity or the wholly-owned subsidiary of a publicly traded entity, this paragraph shall not apply to the extent that any entity’s or individual’s interest in Tenant (or its publicly traded parent) is through a national securities exchange such as the NYSE.  Tenant represents that it is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a publicly traded entity.

Signature Page Attached

31

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the Lease Date.

	
			
	 
	LANDLORD:
	 

	 
	 
	 

	 
	RAND BUILDING, LTD., 
	 

	 
	a Texas limited partnership
	 

	 
	 
	 

	By:
	WESTON URBAN, LLC,
	 

	 
	a  Texas limited liability company,
	 

	 
	its General Partner
	 

	 
	By:
	/s/ Randal C. Smith

	 
	Name:
	Randal C. Smith

	 
	Title
	Manager

	 
	Date:
	May 27, 2015

	 
	 
	 

	
			
	 
	TENANT:
	 

	 
	 
	 

	 
	OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC,
	 

	 
	a Delaware limited liability company
	 

	 
	 
	 

	 
	By:
	/s/ Mark Roenigk

	 
	Name:
	Mark Roenigk

	 
	Title
	COO

	 
	Date:
	May 27, 2015

32

EXHIBIT A-1

PLAN SHOWING PREMISES

33

EXHIBIT A-2

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND

Tract I:
A 0.3072 acre, or 13,382 square feet more or less, tract of land being all of New City Block 133 of the City of San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas, conveyed to The Frost National Bank as "Tract I" by General Warranty Deed recorded in Volume 6027, Pages 1107-1111 of the Official Public Records of Real Property of Bexar County, Texas, in the City of San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas. Said 0.3072 acre tract being further described as follows; 

BEGINNING:
At the southwest corner of New City Block 133, the southwest corner of the Rand Building, said point being the northwest corner of Lot 18, New City Block 909 of the Randstone Subdivision recorded in Volume 9400, Page 64 of the Deed and Plat Records of Bexar County, Texas, and surveyed concurrently as a 0.6132 acre tract, on the east right-of-way line of North Main Avenue, a variable width public right-of-way;

THENCE:  N 14°08'39" W, with the west face of the Rand Building and the east right-of-way line of North Main Avenue, a distance of 90.16 feet to the northwest corner of the Rand Building on the south right-of-way line of Houston Street, a 60-foot public right-of-way;

THENCE:   N 73°28'43" E, with the north face of the Rand Building and the south right-of-way line of said Houston Street, a distance of 138.18 feet to the northeast corner of the Rand Building on the west right-of-way line of Soledad Street, a 60-foot public right-of-way; 

THENCE:  S 20°52'07" E, with the east face of the Rand Building and the west right-of-way line of Soledad Street a distance of 96.50 feet to the southeast corner of the Rand Building, the northeast corner of the aforementioned Lot 18; 

THENCE:  S 75°50'10" W, with the north line of said Lot 18, and the face of the south face of the Rand Building, a distance of 149.36 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING, and containing 0.3072 acres in the City of San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas. Said tract being described in accordance with a survey made on the ground and a survey description and map prepared under job number 9070-13 by Pape Dawson Engineers, Inc.

Tract II:  
A 0.6132 acre, or 26,712 square feet more or less, being all of Lot 18, New City Block 909 of the Randstone Subdivision recorded in Volume 9400, Page 64 of the Deed and Plat Records of Bexar County, Texas and conveyed to The Frost National Bank as "Tract II" by General Warranty Deed recorded in Volume 6027, Pages 1107-1111 of the Official Public Records of Real Property of Bexar County, Texas, in the City of San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas. Said 0.6132 acre tract being more fully described as follows; 

BEGINNING: At a found 1/2" iron rod at the southwest corner of said Lot 18 and the northwest corner of a called 0.394 acre tract conveyed to MPL Limited Partnership by deed recorded in Volume 6869, Pages 808-810 of the Official Public Records of Real Property of Bexar County, Texas, and the east right-of-way line of North Main Avenue, a variable width public right-of-way, for the southwest corner of the herein described tract;

THENCE:  N 18°48'28" W, with the west line of said Lot 18 and the east right-of-way line of North Main Avenue a distance of 140.60 feet to a found PK Nail;

THENCE:  N 22°01'44" W, with the west line of said Lot 18 and the east line of said North Main Avenue a distance of 26.13 feet to a point being the northwest corner of said Lot 18, the southwest corner of the Rand Building and the southwest corner of New City Block 133 surveyed concurrently, for the northwest corner of the herein described tract; 

THENCE:  N 75°50'10" E, departing the east right-of-way line of said North Main Avenue, with the south face of the Rand Building and the north line of said Lot 18, a distance of 149.36 feet to the southeast corner of the Rand Building 

34

and the northeast corner of said Lot 18, on the west right-of-way line of Soledad Street a 60-foot public right-of-way, for the northeast corner of the herein described tract;

THENCE:  With the west right-of-way line of Soledad Street and the east line of said Lot 18, the following bearings and distances;

S 28°24'01" E, a distance of 24.90 feet to a found lead plug and tack;

S 27°43'16" E, a distance of 133.80 feet to a found nail;

THENCE:  S 22°05'33" E, a distance of 5.88 feet to a set nail at the southeast corner of said Lot 18 and the northeast corner of a called 0.4684 acre tract conveyed to River Tower Partners, LTD by deed recorded in Volume 10398, Pages 1689-1693 of the Official Public Records of Real Property of Bexar County, Texas, for the southeast corner of the herein described tract;

THENCE:  Departing the west right-of-way line of said Soledad Street, with the south line of said Lot 18 and the north lines of said 0.4684 acre tract and said 0.394 acre tract, the following bearings and distances;

S 67°51'59" W, a distance of 88.57 feet to a found 1⁄2” iron rod;

N 19°26'05" W, a distance of 9.07 feet to a found 1⁄2” iron rod;

THENCE:  S 73°58'32" W, a distance of 84.20 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING, and containing 0.6132 of an acre in the City of San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas. Said tract being described in accordance with a survey made on the ground and a survey description and map prepared under
job number 9070-13 by Pape-Dawson Engineers, Inc.

35

 EXHIBIT B-1

WORK AGREEMENT

(Turnkey)

This WORK AGREEMENT (this “Work Agreement”) is attached to and incorporated into the Office Lease (“Lease”) between RAND BUILDING, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord, and OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Tenant and describes and specifies the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the design and construction of the Tenant Work (as defined Paragraph 5).

1.    Definitions.  Capitalized terms used in this Work Agreement shall have the same meaning assigned to such terms in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Work Agreement.  

2.    Procedure and Schedules for the Completion of Plans and Specifications.  As used herein, “Plans and Specifications” shall mean collectively, the full and detailed architectural plans, and specifications detailing the construction, installation and completion of the Tenant Work in the Premises, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable (i) the electrical, mechanical and structural construction drawings, and (ii) the finishing details (including wall finishes and colors and technical and mechanical equipment installation, if any).  The Plans and Specifications shall be completed in accordance with the following procedure and time schedules:

(a)    Design Drawings.  Landlord and Tenant have approved the space plan and pricing notes for the architectural design of the Premises attached as Exhibit B-2, including plans, elevations, sections, and renderings indicating materials, color selections and finishes (“Design Drawings”).   

(b)    Completion of Plans and Specifications.  Based upon the approved Design Drawings, Landlord shall direct the architect selected by Landlord to prepare Plans and Specifications and submit the Plans and Specifications to Landlord and Tenant for approval in accordance with this Paragraph 2(b).  Within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of the Plans and Specifications, Tenant shall return to Landlord one (1) set of Plans and Specifications with Tenant’s requested modifications or approval.  If Tenant returns the Plans and Specifications with comments, but not bearing approval of Tenant, the Plans and Specifications shall be revised by Landlord, to the extent Tenant’s proposed revisions are acceptable to Landlord, and resubmitted to Tenant for approval, following which the process under this Paragraph 2(b) shall continue until Tenant and Landlord have approved the Plans and Specifications.

(c)    Landlord’s Approvals.  Landlord may withhold its approval of proposed Tenant revisions to the Plans and Specifications, Change Orders (as defined in Paragraph 6), or other work requested by Tenant which Landlord reasonably determines may require work which:  (a) exceeds or adversely affects the structural integrity of the Building; (b) adversely affects or exceeds Tenant’s pro rata capacity of any part of the Base Building HVAC, plumbing, mechanical, electrical, communication or other systems of the Building; (c) will increase the cost of operation or maintenance of any of the systems of the Project; (d) does not conform to applicable building codes or is not approved by any governmental authority with jurisdiction over the Premises; (e) is not a Building standard item or an item of equal or higher quality; (f) may detrimentally affect the uniform appearance of the Project; or (g) is reasonably disapproved by Landlord for any other reason.  Any disapproval by Landlord shall be itemized in reasonable detail and promptly delivered to Tenant.  All of the items and finishes for the Tenant Work to be supplied by Landlord will be to the Building standard, as determined by Landlord, specifications, color, quality and quantity, except as described in the Plans and Specifications.

(d)    “As Built” Plans and Specifications.  Upon completion of the Tenant Work, Landlord shall prepare an “as built” set of Plans and Specifications for the Premises, together with such other information required to place the information from the “as built” Plans and Specifications on to Landlord’s data base.

36

3.    Cost of the Tenant Work.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Landlord shall be responsible for the entire Cost of the Tenant Work. As used in this Work Agreement, “Cost of the Tenant Work” shall mean and include the following costs to complete the Tenant Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications:  (i) the cost of all materials and labor; (ii) general conditions (including rubbish removal, hoisting, governmental permits and associated fees, temporary facilities, safety and protection, cleaning, tools, blueprints and reproduction, telephone, temporary power, field supervision, testing and inspection costs and the like); (iii) premium cost of workers’ compensation, public liability, casualty and other insurance charged by contractors; (iv) contractors’ charges for overhead and fees; (v) sales and use taxes; (vi) architectural and engineering fees incurred by Landlord;  and (vii) all other  costs to be expended by Landlord in design, permitting and construction of the Tenant Work.  

4.    Intentionally Deleted.  

5.    Performance of Tenant Work and Delays.  Landlord shall cause the Contractor to provide all of the materials and labor required in order to complete the construction and installation of tenant improvements within the Premises for Tenant substantially in accordance with the Plans and Specifications (“Tenant Work”).  In that regard, Landlord shall act as and perform the duties of construction manager for the construction of the Tenant Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to Substantially Complete (as defined in Paragraph 5(a)) the Tenant Work on or before the date (“Estimated Delivery Date”) that is 120 calendar days after the later of (i) approval by Landlord and Tenant of the Plans and Specifications; and (ii) receipt of a building permit and other necessary governmental approvals.  Neither the validity of the Lease nor the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be affected by the failure to Substantially Complete the Tenant Work by the Estimated Delivery Date, except that Tenant may terminate this Lease if the Tenant Work is not substantially complete within 90 calendar days following the Estimated Delivery Date for reasons other than Tenant Delay or Force Majeure. Tenant waives any Claims against Landlord in connection with Landlord’s failure to Substantially Complete the Tenant Work on or before the Estimated Delivery Date.

(a)    Substantial Completion.  “Substantial Completion” of the Tenant Work shall be conclusively deemed to have occurred as soon as the Tenant Work has been constructed in accordance with the approved Plans and Specifications and approved Change Orders.  The final building inspection by the proper governmental entity shall not be required for Substantial Completion, but, if conducted, shall be deemed conclusive evidence that Substantial Completion has occurred.  Notwithstanding the above, the Tenant Work shall be considered Substantially Complete even though (a) there remain to be corrected or completed items reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (“Punch List Items”), including but not limited to minor or insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustment, the lack of completion of which will not materially interfere with Tenant’s Permitted Use.  Prior to delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall examine the Premises and shall agree on a list of final Punch List Items.

(b)    Tenant Delay.  If a delay (“Tenant Delay”) shall occur in the completion of the Tenant Work by Landlord as the probable result of (i) any failure to furnish when due Tenant’s electrical, mechanical and/or structural requirements, (ii) any failure to furnish when due approvals, comments, or revisions contemplated in this Work Agreement, (iii) any Change Order requested by Tenant, (ii) any state of facts which gives rise to a change referred to in the definition of Change Costs (as defined in Paragraph 6) or any changes resulting in a Change Cost, (iv) the fact that materials to be incorporated into the Tenant Work which are not Building standard, as determined by Landlord, require a lead time (not due to Landlord default or error) to obtain or construction time to perform, in excess of that required for Tenant Work which is Building standard, as determined by Landlord, or (v) any other act or omission of Tenant, its agents or employees, including any Tenant default or any delay in payment of Change Costs, interference in the Tenant Work by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, then (A) Rent shall accrue as of the date of Substantial Completion less the total days due to Tenant Delay(s), and (B) the Estimated Delivery Date shall be extended by the number of days of delay attributed to such Tenant Delay(s) .

6.    Change Orders.  All changes and modifications in the Tenant Work contemplated in the Plans and Specifications, whether or not such change or modification gives rise to a Change Cost, must be evidenced by a written order (“Change Order”) executed by both Landlord and Tenant.  In that regard, Tenant shall submit to Landlord such 

37

information as Landlord shall require with respect to any Change Order requested by Tenant.  After Landlord’s receipt of a requested Change Order, together with such information as Landlord shall require with respect thereto, Landlord shall return to Tenant either the executed Change Order, which will evidence Landlord’s approval thereof, or the Plans and Specifications with respect thereto with Landlord’s suggested modification.  In addition, Landlord shall notify Tenant of any Change Cost and delay in completing the Tenant Work due to such proposed Change Order.   Within five (5) business days after such notice, Tenant shall either (i) approve the Change Cost and delay set forth in Landlord’s notice, as evidenced by Tenant’s execution of the Change Order describing the revisions and the anticipated additional Change Cost and delay, (ii) disapprove the Change Cost and delay set forth in Landlord’s notice and submit a request for revisions to the Change Order, in which case the process will repeat, or (iii) notify Landlord that Tenant withdraws the Change Order request.  Any delay in Substantial Completion of the Tenant Work relating to Tenant’s request for a Change Order or revisions to a Change Order shall be deemed a Tenant Delay.  Tenant shall pay any Change Cost approved by Tenant, plus a Change Order fee in the amount of five percent (5%) of such Change Cost, within five (5) business days after Landlord delivers an invoice to Tenant for the Cost of the Tenant Work attributable to any Change Order.  “Change Costs” shall mean the Cost of the Tenant Work attributable to any Change Order, including, without limitation, (i) any cost caused by direction of Tenant to omit any item of Tenant Work contained in the Plans and Specifications, (ii) any changes to materials in the process of fabrication, (iii) the cancellation or modification of supply or fabricating contracts, (iv) the removal or alteration of any Tenant Work or any plans completed or in process, or (v) delays affecting the schedule of the Tenant Work.   The amounts payable to Landlord pursuant to this Work Agreement shall constitute Rent due pursuant to the Lease.  
  
7.    Notices; Approvals.  All notices required or contemplated hereunder shall be given to the parties in the manner specified for giving notices under the Lease.  Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has appointed Brian Carney as its authorized representative (“Tenant’s Representative”) with full power and authority to bind Tenant for all actions taken with regard to the Tenant Work.  Landlord has appointed Tammy Cunningham as its authorized representative (“Landlord’s Representative”) with full power and authority to bind Landlord for all actions taken with regard to the Tenant Work.  Tenant hereby ratifies all actions and decisions with regard to the Tenant Work that the Tenant’s Representative may have taken or made prior to the execution of this Work Agreement.  Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any plan, drawing, change order or approval or other matter relating to the Tenant Work until it has been executed by Tenant’s Representative.  Except as otherwise provided in this Work Agreement, within three (3) business days of receipt of any requested approval of any item, document or other matter related to the Tenant Work, Tenant’s Representative shall approve or disapprove (with sufficient detail) any such request.

38

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Agreement as of the Lease Date.

	
			
	 
	LANDLORD:
	 

	 
	 
	 

	 
	RAND BUILDING, LTD., 
	 

	 
	a Texas limited partnership
	 

	 
	 
	 

	By:
	WESTON URBAN, LLC,
	 

	 
	a  Texas limited liability company,
	 

	 
	its General Partner
	 

	 
	By:
	/s/ Randal C. Smith

	 
	Name:
	Randal C. Smith

	 
	Title
	Manager

	 
	Date:
	May 27, 2015

	 
	 
	 

	
			
	 
	TENANT:
	 

	 
	 
	 

	 
	OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC,
	 

	 
	a Delaware limited liability company
	 

	 
	 
	 

	 
	By:
	/s/ Mark Roenigk

	 
	Name:
	Mark Roenigk

	 
	Title
	COO

	 
	Date:
	May 27, 2015

39

EXHIBIT B-2

SPACE PLAN

40

EXHIBIT C

RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following Rules and Regulations apply to and govern Tenant’s use of the Premises and Project.  Capitalized terms have the meanings given in the Lease, of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.  

1.    Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by any tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from each tenant’s leased premises and for going from one to another part of the Project.

2.    Plumbing, fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or placed therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by a tenant or such tenant's agents, employees, or invitees shall be paid by such tenant, and Landlord shall not in any case be responsible therefor. 

3.    Landlord will provide and maintain an alphabetical directory board for all tenants in the first floor (main lobby) of the Building and no other directory shall be permitted unless previously consented to by Landlord in writing.

4.    Landlord shall provide all locks for doors in each tenant's leased premises, at the cost of such tenant, and no tenant shall place any additional lock or locks on any door in its leased area without Landlord's prior written consent.  Duplicate keys to the locks on the doors in each tenant's leased premises shall be furnished by Landlord to each tenant at the cost of such tenant.  Upon termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, Tenant will surrender all keys to the Premises and shall explain to Landlord all combination locks on safes, cabinets and vaults. 

5.     With respect to work being performed by tenants in any leased premises with the approval of Landlord, all tenants will refer all contractors, contractors' representatives and installation technicians rendering any service to them to Landlord for Landlord's supervision, approval and control before the performance of any contractual services. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Project, including, but not limited to, installations of internet/fiber, electrical devices and attachments, doors, entranceways and any and all installations of every nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment and any other physical portions of the Project.  If any carpeting or other flooring is installed by Tenant using an adhesive, such adhesive will be an odorless, releasable adhesive.

6.    Unless otherwise approved by Landlord in writing, all janitorial services for the Project and the Premises will be provided exclusively through Landlord, and except with the written consent of Landlord, no, person or persons other than those approved by Landlord will be employed by Tenant or permitted to enter the Project for the purpose of performing janitorial services.  Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Project. Tenant will store all its trash and garbage in proper receptacles within its Premises or in other facilities provided for such purpose by Landlord.  Tenant will not place in any trash box or receptacle any Hazardous Materials or any other items or materials that cannot be safely and properly disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal.  All garbage and refuse disposal will be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord.  Tenant will cooperate with any recycling program at the Project.

7.    Tenant will not use or operate any electrical or mechanical devices or other equipment that may unreasonably interfere with the operation of any device, equipment, computer, video, radio, television broadcasting or reception from or within the Project or elsewhere.  Tenant will not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and will cooperate with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Project’s heating, air conditioning, ventilation and utility systems.  Tenant will not use any method of heating or air conditioning (including without limitation fans or space heaters) other than that supplied by Landlord or approved in writing.  Tenant will not connect any apparatus or device to electrical current or water, or use any electrical current, except through the electrical and water outlets 

41

installed by Landlord in the Premises.  Should a tenant require, telephonic, annunciator or other communication service, Landlord will direct the electrician where and how wires are to be introduced and placed and none shall be introduced or placed except as Landlord shall direct.  

8.    Movement in or out of the Project of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by tenants of any bulky material, merchandise or materials which requires use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord shall designate. All such movements shall be under the supervision of Landlord and in the manner agreed between the tenants and Landlord by prearrangement before performance. Such prearrangements initiated by a tenant will include determination by Landlord, and subject to its decision and control, as to the time, method and routing of movement and as to limitations for safety or other concern which may prohibit any article, equipment or any other item from being brought into the Project. Tenants will not use in the Premises or Common Area of the Project any hand truck except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve.  The tenants are to assume all risks as to the damage to articles moved and injury to persons or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for a tenant from the time of entering the property to completion of work; and Landlord shall not be liable for acts of any person engaged in, or any damage or loss to any of said property or persons resulting from, any act in connection with such service performed for a tenant.

9.    Tenant shall notify the Property Manager when safes or other heavy equipment are to be taken in or out of the Project.  Landlord shall have the power to prescribe the weight and position of safes and other heavy equipment or items, which shall in all cases, to distribute weight, stand on supporting devices approved by Landlord.   All damages done to the Project by the installation or removal of any property of a tenant, or done by a tenant's property while in the Project, shall be repaired at the expense of such tenant.

10.    Tenant shall not make or permit any improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors in the Project or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them. 

11.    The Premises may not be used for cooking (as opposed to heating of food).

12.    Tenant will not locate or store any equipment, materials, supplies or other property outside of the interior of the Premises.  Tenant will not have the right to install or locate satellite dishes, antennae or other equipment or personal property on the roof or exterior of the Building without first obtaining Landlord’s written approval.  If Landlord gives such approval, the proposed installation or location will be made in accordance with Landlord’s instructions and, if required by Landlord, in the presence, and under the direction, of a representative of Landlord.  No awning or other projection may be attached to the outside walls of the Premises or Project.  Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. 

13.    No birds or animals shall be brought into or kept in, on or about any tenant's leased premises, except for animals assisting the disabled.

14.     No machinery of any kind shall be operated by any tenant in its leased premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, nor shall tenant use or keep in the Project any inflammable or explosive fluid or substance.

15.     No portion of any tenant's leased premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

16.     Vending, canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project is prohibited, and each tenant shall cooperate in seeking their prevention.

17.      Unless otherwise approved by Landlord, tenant will not bring any bicycles or other vehicles of any kind into the Building, except for appropriate vehicles necessary for assisting the disabled.

42

18.     Smoking of cigarettes, pipes, cigars or any other substances is prohibited at all times within the Project, including, without limitation, any leased premises, elevators, Common Area restrooms and any other interior Common Area of the Building or Project.

19.    Tenant will not use the name of the Building or the Project in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant’s address.

20.      Each tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any damage to or defects in the water pipes, electric lights and fixtures, Base Building HVAC system or any other service equipment.

21.    Persons may enter the Building only in accordance with such regulations as Landlord may from time to time establish.  Persons entering or departing from the Building may be questioned as to their business in the Building, and Landlord may require the use of an identification card or other access device or procedures, and/or the registration of persons as to the hour of entry and departure, nature of visit, and other information deemed necessary for the protection of the Building.  All entries into and departures from the Building will be through one or more entrances as Landlord from time to time designates.  Landlord may elect not to enforce some or all of the foregoing during Normal Business Hours or other times, but reserves the right to do so at Landlord’s discretion.  “Normal Business Hours” means the hours between 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, excluding Building holidays. Landlord may also, at its discretion, utilize other procedures (including without limitation screening devices, physical inspections, and/or other means) reasonably designed to prevent weapons or dangerous items from being brought into the Building.  Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who is in violation of any of the Rules and Regulations or any Laws.  Tenant will cooperate with all such procedures. 

22.    Parking stickers or any other device or form of identification supplied as a condition of use of the parking facilities will remain the property of Landlord.  Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated or obstructed in any manner.  Such devices are not transferable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void.  Landlord reserves the right to refuse parking identification devices and parking rights to Tenant or any other person who fails to comply with the Rules and Regulations applicable to the parking areas.  Landlord may charge a fee for parking stickers, cards or other parking control devices supplied by Landlord.  Trailers and large trucks and vans may not be parked in the parking areas.  No extended term parking or storage of vehicles is permitted.  Parking is prohibited (a) in areas not striped for parking; (b) in aisles; (c) where “no parking” signs are posted; (d) on ramps; (e) in cross-hatched areas; (f) in loading areas; and (g) in such other areas as may be designated by Landlord.  Tenant will obey any additional rules and regulations governing parking that may be imposed by the Parking Operator or any other person controlling the parking areas serving the Project.

23.    Tenant shall not allow in the Premises, on a regular basis, more than seven (7) persons for each 1,000 Rentable Square Feet in the Premises.

24.    Landlord may, from time to time, waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a continuing waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against Tenant or any or all of the tenants of the Project.

    
    

43

EXHIBIT D

SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

The undersigned, as secretary of OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) named below, certifies that the Managing Member of the Company has approved the following resolutions and such resolutions are still in force and effect:

RESOLVED that the president, the vice president or other authorized officer of the Corporation shall be authorized to execute a lease for office space on behalf of the Company described below:

	
		
	Lease Date:
	May 27, 2015

	Landlord:
	RAND BUILDING, LTD.

	Tenant:
	OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC                                                           

	Guarantor, if any (not Tenant’s name):
	N/A

	Suite Number:
	500

	Building Address:
	110 E. Houston Street, San Antonio, TX 78205

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the president or vice president or other authorized officer is authorized on behalf of the Company to execute and deliver to the Landlord all instruments reasonably necessary for the Lease.  Landlord is entitled to rely upon the above resolutions until the board of directors of the Company revokes or alters same in written form, certified by the secretary of the Company, and delivers same, certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Landlord.  The Company is duly organized in the State of Delaware and authorized to do business in the State of Texas and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas.  The undersigned further certifies that on the meeting date referred to above, the names and respective titles of the officers of the Company were as follows:

	
			
	Name
	 
	Title

	 
	 
	 

	Graham Weston
	 
	Chairman

	Taylor Rhodes
	 
	President

	Tiffany Lathe
	 
	Vice President & General Counsel

	Karl Pichler
	 
	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

	Mark Roenigk
	 
	Chief Operating Officer

	William Alberts
	 
	Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Secretary

	Chris Rosas
	 
	Assistant Treasurer

WITNESS MY HAND this     28th    day of May, 2015.

	
	
	OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC

	 

	/s/ A.William Alberts

	Signature of Secretary of Company

	 

	A. William Alberts

	Name of Secretary

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the  28th day of May, 2015, by A. William Alberts, as the Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Secretary Open Cloud Academy, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on its behalf.

44

	
		
	/s/ Jane L. Norton

	Notary Public for the State of Texas

	 
	 

	Name of Notary:
	Jane L. Norton

	 
	 

	My Commission Expires
	May 18, 2016

45

EXHIBIT E

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

This COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM (“Memorandum”) is made and entered into as of October 12, 2015, by and between RAND BUILDING, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord, and OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Tenant.

RECITALS:

A.    Landlord and Tenant are parties to a certain Office Lease dated as of May 27, 2015 (the “Lease”), relating to certain premises known as Suite 500 (the “Premises”) located in the building commonly known as the Rand Building, located at 110 E. Houston Street, San Antonio, Bexar County, TX 78205 (the “Building”).

B.    All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Memorandum have the meanings given them in the Lease.

C.    Landlord and Tenant desire to confirm certain facts regarding the Lease, including the Commencement Date, the monthly Basic Rent installment amounts, and the date the initial Term of the Lease expires.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS:

Pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Lease and in consideration of the facts set forth in the Recitals, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree as follows:

1.    The Commencement Date under the Lease is September 28, 2015.

2.    Basic Rent: 

	
		
	Months
	Monthly Basic Rent for the Premises

	1-12
	$10,385.00

	13-24
	$10,696.55

	25-36
	$11,018.49

	37-48
	$11,350.81

	49-60
	$11,693.51

3.    The initial Term of the Lease expires on the Expiration Date of September 30, 2020, unless the Lease is sooner terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

4.    Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises as satisfactory in all respects.  Landlord has no further obligation to perform any Tenant Work or other construction.
  
All other terms and conditions of the Lease are ratified and acknowledged to be unchanged.

Landlord and Tenant have each caused this Memorandum to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and date first written above.  This Memorandum may be executed in counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one instrument.

46

	
			
	 
	LANDLORD:
	 

	 
	 
	 

	 
	RAND BUILDING, LTD., 
	 

	 
	a Texas limited partnership
	 

	 
	 
	 

	By:
	WESTON URBAN, LLC,
	 

	 
	a  Texas limited liability company,
	 

	 
	its General Partner
	 

	 
	By:
	/s/ Randal C. Smith

	 
	Name:
	Randal C. Smith

	 
	Title
	Manager

	 
	Date:
	October 12, 2015

	 
	 
	 

	
			
	 
	TENANT:
	 

	 
	 
	 

	 
	OPEN CLOUD ACADEMY, LLC,
	 

	 
	a Delaware limited liability company
	 

	 
	 
	 

	 
	By:
	/s/ Wesley Jess

	 
	Name:
	Wesley Jess

	 
	Title
	VP Business Operations

	 
	Date:
	October 12, 2015

47

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00254-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00254-of-00352.parquet"}]]